Sharp Jw 20Cm Users Manual 20CM/20RS User's Version 2.2
JW-20CM m_20cme_d
JW-20RS m_20cme_d
JW-20CM to the manual b9283b26-915c-41c6-aa42-253e8ebde193
2015-01-23
: Sharp Sharp-Jw-20Cm-Users-Manual-284126 sharp-jw-20cm-users-manual-284126 sharp pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 230
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Version 2.2 Produced in Oct. 1997 R SHARP Programmable Controller New Satellite W series Model Name Network module Remote I/O slave module User’s Manual JW-20CM JW-20RS Thank you for purchasing the network module (JW-20CM), remote I/O slave module (JW-20RS) for the SHARP programmable controller. Read this manual thoroughly to completely familiarize yourself with the operation according to the examples. Besides this manual, the manuals of control module, support tool, and option module are available for the respective programmable controller. We ask you to also read these manuals as well as this manual. Keep this manual for future reference. We are confident that this manual will be helpful whenever you encounter a problem. Note ★ This manual describes the JW-20CM, JW-20RS with 30Hn mark in front of the module. The following functions are added for the JW-20CM and JW-20RS without [30Hn] marks. ① This module can be communicated with JW30H. ② For data link, available for use the following functions. · Data link (memory capacity save function) · Data memory start system for SEND/RECEIVE function. In this manual, additional functions are represented by the V5 mark. ★ In this manual, programmable controller is referred to as “PC.” ★ In this manual, programmable controllers and I/O modules with model name "ZW-xx" are referred to as "ZW model," and programmable controllers and I/O modules with model name "JW-xx" are referred to as "JW model." Note · This manual is written with the utmost care. · No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form without permission of SHARP corporation. · The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice. Safety Precautions Read this manual and attached documents carefully before installation, operation, maintenance and checking in order to use the machine correctly. Understand all of the machine knowledge, safety information, and cautions before starting to use. In this instruction manual, safety precautions are ranked into "danger" and "caution" as follows. Danger : Wrong handling may possibly lead to death or heavy injury. Caution : Wrong handling may possibly lead to medium or light injury. Even in the case of Caution , a serious result may be experienced depending on the circumstances. Anyway, important points are mentioned. Be sure to observe them strictly. The picture signs of prohibit and compel are explained below. : It means don’ts. For example, prohibition of disassembly is indicated as ( : It means a must. For example, obligation of grounding is indicated as ( 1) ). ). Installation Caution • Use in the environments specified in the catalog, instruction manual, and user's manual. Electric shock, fire or malfunction may be caused when used in the environments of high temperature, high humidity, dusty or corrosive atmosphere, vibration or impact. • Install according to the manual. Wrong installation may cause drop, breakdown, or malfunction. • Never admit wire chips or foreign matters. Or fire, breakdown or malfunction may be caused. 2) Wiring Compel • Be sure to ground. Unless grounded, electric shock or malfunction may be caused. Caution • Connect the rated power source. Connection of a wrong power source may cause a fire. • Wiring should be done by a qualified electrician. Wrong wiring may lead to fire, breakdown or electric shock. 3) Use Danger • Don’t touch the terminal while the power is being supplied or you may have an electric shock. • Assemble the emergency stop circuit and interlock circuit outside of the programmable controller. Otherwise breakdown or accident damage of the machine may be caused by the trouble of the programmable controller. Caution • “RUN” or “STOP’” during operation should be done with particular care by confirming safety. Misoperation may lead to damage or accident of the machine. • Turn on the power source in the specified sequence. Turning ON with wrong sequence may lead to machine breakdown or accident. 4) Maintenance Prohibit • Don’t disassemble or modify the modules. Or fire, breakdown or malfunction may be caused. Caution • Turn OFF the power source before detaching or attaching the module. Or electric shock, malfunction or breakdown may be caused. ■ Configuration of this manual The network module JW-20CM has three functions: "remote I/O," "data link," and "computer link" functions. Accordingly, this manual describes about these three functions. Read each section according to your use of any of these functions. Users who use the network module for the first time. Read this manual from chapter 1. First, thoroughly understanding general, precautions, name and function of each section. Then, read the contents from chapter 5 for proper use. Users who want to use the remote I/O function. Read from chapter 1 to chapter 7 and properly install and connect wiring work of the module. Then set switches and parameters by referring chapter 8 for correct use. Switch setting · Master module: JW-20CM ....... See page 8·9 · Slave module: JW-20RS .......... See page 8·14 Parameter setting · Master module: JW-20CM ....... See page 8·19 · Slave module: JW-20RS .......... See page 8·30 Users who want to use the data link function (including the computer link function) Read from chapter 1 to chapter 7 and properly install and connect wiring work of the module. Then set switches and parameters by referring chapter 9 for correct use. The module also can function the computer link as data link system with a host computer having a network module: ZW-98CM/ZW-20AX. Switch setting · Master module ............... See page 9·17 · Slave module ................. See page 9·17 Parameter setting · Master module ............... See page 9·22 · Slave module ................. See page 9·33 Users who want to use only the computer link function Read from chapter 1 to chapter 7 and properly install and connect wiring work of the module. Then set switches by referring chapter 10 for correct use. Switch setting ......... See page 10·3 Users who want to save and load parameter contents using a support tool. Carefully read the contents of chapter 11 for correct use. Users who want to add a communication station. Carefully read the contents of chapter 7 and add a station. Network module JW-20CM Remote I/O slave module JW-20RS - User’s Manual - Chapter 1. Outline Chapter 2. Safety Precautions Chapter 3. System Configuration Chapter 4. Name and Function of Each Part Chapter 5. Installation Chapter 6. Processing of Cables Chapter 7. Wiring Chapter 8. Remote I/O Chapter 9. Data Link Chapter 10. Computer Link Chapter 11. Support Tools Chapter 12. Specifications Chapter 13. Appendix Table of contents Chapter 1 Outline ................................................................................................................................... 1·1 Chapter 2 Safety Precautions ............................................................................................................... 2·1 2-1 Installation 2·1 2-2 Wiring 2·1 2-3 Treatment 2·3 2-4 Static electricity 2·3 2-5 Maintenance 2·3 Chapter 3 System Configuration .......................................................................................................... 3·1 Chapter 4 Name and Function of Each Part ........................................................................................ 4·1 4-1 JW-20CM 4·1 4-2 JW-20RS 4·3 Chapter 5 Installation ............................................................................................................................. 5·1 5-1 JW-20CM 5·1 5-2 JW-20RS 5·4 Chapter 6 Processing of Cables ........................................................................................................... 6·1 6-1 Processing cable end 6·2 6-2 Connector crimping procedure 6·5 Chapter 7 Wiring .................................................................................................................................... 7·1 7-1 Cable trunk and branch lines 7·1 7-2 Relaying of trunk cables 7·1 7-3 Cable wiring procedure in control panel 7·2 7-4 Waterproof and insulation processing of connectors 7·4 7-5 Wiring of cables at outside control panels 7·5 7-6 Check after wiring 7·5 7-7 Wiring method for adding a communication station 7·6 7-8 Wiring to power supply module 7·8 Chapter 8 Remote I/O ............................................................................................................................. 8·1 8-1 Description of remote I/O 8·1 8-2 Data transfer required time and communication timing 8·3 8-3 Outline of switch and parameter setting procedure 8·8 8-4 Error and treatment 8·46 Chapter 9 Data Link ............................................................................................................................... 9·1 9-1 Description for data link function 9·1 9-2 Communication method 9·2 9-3 Data transfer required time and communication delay time 9·12 9-4 Expansion of network 9·15 9-5 Switch setting of master station or slave station 9·17 9-6 Setting contents of slave station parameters 9·22 9-7 Setting contents of master station parameters 9·33 9-8 Error and treatment 9·53 Chapter 10 Computer link ....................................................................................................................10·1 10-1 Description for computer link 10·1 10-2 Computer link function 10·2 10-3 Switch setting 10·3 10-4 Command 10·4 Chapter 11 Support Tools ..................................................................................................................... 11·1 11-1 Record and load by ladder software (JW-50SP) 11·1 11-2 Remote function 11·5 Chapter 12 Specifications ....................................................................................................................12·1 12-1 JW-20CM 12·1 12-2 JW-20RS 12·4 Chapter 13 Appendix ........................................................................................................................... 13·1 13-1 Maintenance and check 13·1 13-2 Switch setting table 13·2 13-3 Parameter memory table 13·3 13-4 Address map of data memory 13·20 13-5 Instructions used with the F200 and F201 link function 13·22 13-6 Application instruction using instruction system 13·26 Chapter 1 Outline Using network module JW-20CM, you can construct a communications system (satellite net) which can easily send and receive an ON/OFF signal (machine information) and numerical data (production data) between PCs and a host computer using equipment control. Using remote I/O slave module JW-20RS, you can construct a remote I/O system as master station for PC that installed JW-20CM. PCs which can use JW-20CM and JW-20RS are W70H/100H, JW50/70/100, and JW50H/70H/100H. 1 ① Data link/computer link function This function enables to send and receive ON/OFF signals and numeric data between modules on a network (satellite net) which is connected PCs and personal computers having network module ZW-20CM/JW-20CM/JW-22CM, network module ZW-98CM/ZW-20AX, and satellite net board Z335J. ② Remote I/O function If remote I/O slave module ZW-20RS/JW-20RS are mounted on I/O modules located separately, one PC having a network module JW-20CM can control these slave modules. (Connectable maximum 63 modules of slave stations.) · In the remote I/O function, the remote I/O can choose either of synchronous or asynchronous for sending and receiving data with slave stations. Synchronous type: Slave station scans input/output operation one time for each operation of the PC. Asynchronous type: When PC's operation time is longer than data transfer required time of the remote I/O, the slave station scans input/output operation one time for each operation of the PC. When PC's operation time is shorter than the data transfer required time of the remote I/O, the slave station operate input and output one time for several operation of the PC. ③ Remote programming/remote monitor function By constructing a satellite system using the JW-20CM, you can program and monitor other station’s PC’s (master station’s PC in case that remote I/O function) on the satellite system using a support tool. · These remote programming and remote monitor functions are also available beyond one hierarchical layer difference (satellite net ←→ satellite net, satellite net ←→ SUMINET-3200). * “SUMINET-3200” is a trademark of Sumitomo Electric Industries, Ltd. 1·1 Chapter 2 Safety Precautions 2-1 Installation ● Do not install or store the JW-20CM in the following conditions. • Direct sunlight • Ambient temperature exceeding the range of 0 to 55 ˚C (Storage temperature : -20 to 70 ˚C) • The relative humidity exceeding the range of 35 to 90%. • Sudden temperature changes which may cause condensation. • Corrosive or inflammable gas • Vibration or hard jolts ● Prior to installing or detaching the JW-20CM, make sure to turn OFF the power supply to the PCs. ● All screws must be tightened firmly. 2-2 Wiring ● Make sure to use only the recommended types (see page 6 · 1) for cables, connectors, and crimping tools. ● When using connectors for branch or joint lines, provide jackets to protect connectors. (When a connector touches with an external enclosure or the like, a communication error may occur.) “T” jacket (insulation cover) “L” jacket (insulation cover) ● Do not connect the ground terminal of the power supply module together with other equipment’s ground lines. Make sure to provide class-3 grounding. When the JW-20CM is used without connecting a class-3 grounding, malfunctions by noise may occur. ● Communication cables should be arranged as far from any high voltage lines and strong power lines as possible. Do not lay the communication cable parallel or proximate to these lines. 2·1 2 ● Communication cables should be laid from the master station to the slave station one by one. Multiple wiring from one point or wiring without terminators may cause communication errors. Joint using a connector 2 ● Arrange total cable length within 1 km. ● Arrange branch cable line from a trunk within 400 mm. ● Prior to any electric welding around the JW-20CM, take out the coaxial cable from the JW-20CM. While the coaxial cable is connected to the JW-20CM, any electric welding nearby the JW-20CM will cause the welding current to enter the JW-20CM and may damage part of its circuit pattern. JW-20CM Coaxial cable JW-20CM JW-20CM has a fuse element here Wraparound current Turn “ON” shield ground Turn “ON” shield ground FG FG Rack etc. Note: In case enough conductivity is not established. Electric welder 2·2 2-3 Treatment ● For ventilation, holes are provided in the cabinet to prevent a temperature rise. Do not block the ventilation holes. Good ventilation is necessary. ● Never allow a liquid such as water and chemical solution and a metallic object like a copper wire inside the JW-20CM to avoid a possible hazard. Otherwise, it may be a cause of machine trouble. ● When a trouble or abnormal condition such as overheat, fume, or smoke is met, stop the operation immediately, and call your dealer or our service department. 2-4 Static electricity 2 In extremely dry circumstances, the human body may have excessive static current. This excessive static current may damage parts in the JW-20CM’s PC board. Therefore, prior to accessing the JW20CM, touch your hand to a grounded piece of metal to discharge the static current in your body. 2-5 Maintenance Use a clean, dry cloth when cleaning the JW-20CM. Do not use volatile chemicals such as thinner or alcohol as it may result in deformation and color fading. 2·3 Chapter 3 System Configuration (Example of system configuration) Personal computer slave station 02(8) Master station 00(8) Slave station 01(8) JW-20CM JW-20CM PC PC Slave station JW20 Slave station 77(8) 03(8) JW20H JW-22CM J-board V5 JW30H Network module Z-335J 3 Data link system (64 stations max., Total extension length: 1km max.) Compuer link system Slave station 01(8) JW-20RS Slave station 02(8) ZW-20RS Slave station 77(8) JW-20RS Remote I/O system (slave station : 63 stations max., Total extension length: 1km max.) “PC” indicates W70H/100H, JW50/70/100, and JW50H/70H/100H. 3·1 Chapter 4 Name and Function of Each Part 4-1 JW-20CM ① ② ⑦ ③ 4 ④ (View removing the cover on the setting section) ⑤ ⑥ ① Indication lamps Lamps light ON/OFF indicates operation condition. Name JW–20CM COMM○ SD○ RD○ CD○ LT○ TEST○ ERROR○ FAULT○ 30Hn ○S0 ○S1 ○S2 ○S3 ○S4 ○S5 ○S6 ○S7 Operation COMM Lights during communicating SD Lights when data sending RD Lights when data receiving CD Lights when detecting carrier LT Lights when turning "ON" the termination resistance TEST Lights during testing ERROR Lights at a communication error FAULT Lights at time up of the watchdog timer S0 to S7 Lights error code when error occurs. ② 30Hn mark (Applied to JW30H) JW-20CMs having 30Hn mark can communicate with JW30H. JW-20CMs having 30H can communicate with conventional modules of JW30H (JW-31CUH/32CUH/ 33CUH). However, when they will communicate with new modules of JW30H (JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/ 33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3), they recognizes these new modules as conventional modules. 4·1 ③ Support tool connection connector Connect a support tool and set parameter etc. ④ Setting switch Set functions of JW-20CM. · MODE switch .... Select functions 67 2 3 2 3 4 5 6 45 7 8 LG (ON) Set at delivery 1 Remote I/O 0 3 OFF Function 0 2 9 0 1 4 5 6 0 23 7 8 LT (ON) 4 0 9 0 1 ×1 01 STA.NO. ×10 Number BCD EF MODE 8 9A Set at delivery 4 to F Data link (standard function) Computer link Data link (memory capacity save function) Computer link Do not set. ON · S T A . N O. .... Set station number × 10, × 1 · L T .... Set ON/OFF of termination resistance · L G .... Set shield ground ON/OFF of communication cable ⑤ Communication cable connection connector BNC type receptacle (jack) ⑥ Connector protective cap ⑦ Rating plate 4·2 4-2 JW-20RS ① ② ⑦ ③ ④ 4 ⑤ ⑥ ① Indication lamps Lamps light ON/OFF indicates operation condition. JW–20RS COMM○ SD○ RD○ CD○ LT○ TEST○ ERROR○ FAULT○ 30Hn ○S0 ○S1 ○S2 ○S3 ○S4 ○S5 ○S6 ○S7 Name Operation COMM Lights during communicating SD Lights when data sending RD Lights when data receiving CD Lights when detecting carrier LT Lights when turning "ON" the termination resistance TEST Lights during testing ERROR Lights at a communication error FAULT Lights at time up of the watchdog timer S0 to S7 Indicates error code. ② 30Hn mark (Applied to JW30H) JW-20RSs having 30Hn mark can communicate with JW30H. JW-20RSs having 30H can communicate with conventional modules of JW30H (JW-31CUH/32CUH/ 33CUH). However, when they will communicate with new modules of JW30H (JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/ 33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3), they recognizes these new modules as conventional modules. 4·3 ③ Support tool connection connector Connect a support tool and set parameter etc. ④ Setting switch Set functions of JW-20RS. · MODE switch .... Select functions 67 0 23 45 7 8 2 3 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 0 9 0 1 4 5 6 2 9 0 1 LT (ON) ON LG (ON) Output hold switch 0 Do not set. 1 Remote I/O (ZW-I/O) 2 Remote I/O (JW-I/O) 3 to F OFF HOLD Do not set. · S T A . N O. .... Set station number × 10, × 1 · L T .... Set ON/OFF of termination resistance · L G .... Set shield ground ON/OFF of communication cable ⑤ Communication cable connection connector BNC type receptacle (jack) ⑥ Connector protective cap ⑦ Rating plate ⑧ Output hold switch Set the status of the output module when the JW-20RS stops operation. ※ RST Output hold switch ⑧ HOLD 4 Function RST ×1 01 STA.NO. ×10 Number BCD EF MODE 8 9A Set at delivery · In case of using ZW-I/O HOLD: Holds operation condition RST: All points is OFF · In case of using JW-I/O Be sure to setting at HOLD. Keep the switch marked with ※ as the setting at delivery (condition in the figure above). 4·4 Chapter 5 Installation 5-1 JW-20CM (1) Installation of cable for option module Install the optional cable on the basic rack panel that installed JW-20CM. Basic rack panel model name Cable for option module W70H ZW-28KB ZW-2CC W100H ZW-46KB ZW-2CC/4CC JW50 ZW-28KB ZW-2CC JW70 ZW-46KB ZW-2CC/4CC JW100 JW-4BU ZW-2CC JW50H JW-6BU ZW-2CC/4CC JW70H JW-8BU ZW-2CC/4CC/6CC JW100H JW-13BU ZW-2CC/4CC/6CC PC module name ZW model JW model Available for using I/O I/O module of ZW model I/O module of JW model In case that install a basic rack panel JW-4BU to ZW-2CC ① Bend the optional cable Basic rack panel face Install the cable in a manner that it may be slack towards the rack panel. 5·1 5 ② Attach the connectors in the optional cable one after another, starting from the left side. Basic rack panel JW-4BU Pay close attention to the installation of the connector. Cable for option module ZW-2CC 5 6 mounting screws (Attached to cable for option module) 5·2 (2) Installation of JW-20CM Attach the basic rack panel using the two attachment screws. Before installation or removal, make sure to shut OFF the power supply to the PC. (Example) Install on basic rack panel JW-4BU · This module can be installed in any one of the optional slots. · Be careful not to bend the connector pins on the module by applying too much force to them. Basic rack panel Module Phillips screwdriver 5 C B C Slave station Master Station Slave station Slave station Master Station B C Unavailable communication between A and C. Available communication between A and B, B and C, B and B, and C and C. A Slave station Slave station Slave station Master station · More than one modules of JW-20CM can be installed on one basic rack panel. However they cannot communicate by crossing-over another network. C · Optional slots have each port numbers. When an error occurs, the JW-20CM stores the port number corresponding to the error occurred module into system memory #050 in the PC. This is applied only error code 53: Optional error. (Ex.: JW-13BU) Control module ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ▲ Port number 5·3 5-2 JW-20RS Choose type of basic rack panel of the remote I/O slave module (JW-20RS) considering kinds and number of I/O modules to be installed. Kinds of I/O modules Rack panel model name ZW-08BU (for 8 modules) I/O module of ZW model ZW-04KB (for 4 modules) ZW-02KB (for 2 modules) JW-4BU (for 4 modules) I/O module of JW model JW-6BU (for 6 modules) JW-8BU (for 8 modules) JW-13BU (for 13 modules) When I/O modules for JW model are used, maximum two modules of basic rack panel can be connected per one remote I/O slave module. However, I/O bus expansion adapter (JW-1EA/JW-2EA) cannot be used. 5 2 rack panel max. 5·4 (1) Installation of power supply module Attach the end left of rack panel using the two module attachment screws. Module attachment screw hole Phillips screwdriver Output connector 5 Module attachment screw hole Phillips screwdriver Rack panel attachment screw 5·5 (2) Installation of JW-20RS Install the JW-20RS in the second slot from the left end using the two module attachment screws. Before installation or removal, make sure to shut OFF the power supply to the PC. Module attachment screw hole Power supply module Phillips screwdriver 5 JW-20RS 5·6 Chapter 6 Processing of Cables Make sure to use the recommended models shown below for cables and connectors. Name Cable Model High frequency coaxial cable Crimping tools Stripper for high frequency coaxial cable ME-5C-2V ME-42H Dice: 67-42H Mitsubishi Cable Industries,. Ltd. Fujikura Cable,. Ltd. Furukawa Denko Corporation Chugoku Cable,. Ltd. Shinagawa Cable,. Ltd. Toko Denshi Corporation CST-TM The system consists of the main body, a blade cassette, and a blade setting gauge “L” jacket SB-2878 “T” jacket SB-2879 Self-adhesive tape NO.11 Jacket Insulation tape Maker Nihon Weidmüller Co., Ltd. Shinagawa Shoko Co., Ltd. Nitto Denko Corporation Connector ME-GP-01 Straight ME-JJ-01 Connectors Toko Denshi Corporation Elbow ME-LA-01 DDK Ltd. T’s ME-TA-01 Termination ME-75 6·1 6 6-1 Processing cable end ① Applicable cable High frequency coaxial cable: ME-5C-2V ② Required tools Stripper for high frequency coaxial cable: CST-TM ③ Processing procedureMove the cam wheel of the stripper (amber colored ring) back and forth and the cable holder moves back and forth accordingly. Confirm this movement of the stripper first. To hold the stripper, put your forefinger through the hole and move the cam while pushing back and forth with your thumb. Cable holder Front Cam wheel Rear 6 Set the operation range of the cable holder by moving the slider at the bottom of the body. Move to the left to increase pressure. In this example, set the slider to the cam wheel side’s end (right side) to set the pressure to low. Blade cassette Blade (slashed area) Within 1 mm Set the blade to within 1 mm in order not to damage the blade by the blade setting gauge. Adjust the cutting depth of the blade by turning the two screws at both ends of the screw holder. Set the blade position to within 1 mm from the cutting surface of the blade cassette prior to adjusting the cutting depth. For the cutting depth adjustment, use the “blade setting gauge” supplied as an accessory and match the blade position with the caved position of the gauge. Then move the cam wheel forward and secure firmly. Turn right lightly both adjustment screws at either end of the screw holder for adjustment. (Be careful not to break the blade setting gauge as it is made of aluminum.) Cam wheel Left Slider Right Screw holder (Fine adjustment is required to get the optimum cutting depth.) To the next page Blade setting gauge 6·2 Internal conductor (annealed copper single wire) Insulator Coating External conductor (semi-transparent) (black) (meshed annealed copper wire) From the previous page Put a coaxial cable while remaining approximately 10 mm into the cable stripper and securely tighten the cable with the middle finger, ring finger, and little finger of your left hand in order to hold stable during turning the stripper. Put your right hand forefinger into the cam wheel and execute the procedure in order from step 1 below. Step 1 Press the cam wheel forward 3 times and turn the stripper in the direction of arrow 2 to 3 times. Step 2 Press the cam wheel forward 1 time and then turn the stripper in the direction of arrow a further 2 to 3 times. Step 3 Press the cam wheel forward 1 more time and turn the stripper in the direction of the arrow another 2 to 3 times. While holding the coaxial cable with your left hand, grip the cable stripper so that it keeps a right angle against the coaxial cable, and press out the cable stripper with your left hand’s thumb. When the adjustment of the blade is not required If the stripper cannot be removed smoothly, adjustment of the blade is not appropriate. In this case slide the cam wheel backward and remove the coaxial cable. Then adjust the blade. When the cutting depth is too shallow or too deep, and damages the external conductor or the internal conductor, turn the screws on the screw holder and adjust the blade depth a little. To the next page 6·3 10 mm 6 From the previous page We recommend that in order to keep the adjusted position of the adjustment screws, after completion of adjustment for the coaxial cable and the screw holder, write the screw position etc. on a sticker and adhere it to the adjustment screws. K KE AD DA AE AD A FS KA E CA A DA AD FS FG HH G Blade cassette Hold up the upper section of the screw holder with a minus driver, and open the screw holder. Remove the blade cassette and reinsert by turning the current blade back side front or insert a new blade cassette from its top. Screw holder 6 Cut the internal conductor of the coaxial cable, which is already cut by the stripper, using a nipper etc. to the optimum dimension of 4 mm. 10 mm±0.5 mm A B A: 10±0.5 mm B: 4±0.5 mm 6·4 6-2 Connector crimping procedure Connector parts ① Required tools: Hand-held crimping tool Model : ME-42H Dice No. : 67-42H Crimping width : 10 mm Sleeve Contact Shell ② Connector: ME-GP-01 ③ Processing procedure Put through a sleeve to an end-processed high frequency coaxial cable. A B A: 10±0.5 mm B: 4±0.5 mm Sleeve 6 Insert a contact into the internal conductor and crimp. Internal conductor Contact Fixing frame Crimping dice TT- 237 1. 9. Put a contact into dice having a diamond shape and closely stick its end surface with the insulator and the dice. Pull the moving frame to the fixing frame side and crimp until the ratchet is removed. (Crimping width: 2.2 mm) Moving frame Crimping dice Widen a little Crimp Dice blade shape 2.2 mm Insulator Contact Closed contact Closed contact 6·5 1. To the next page TT- 237 TT 9. * Use the crimping tool in the direction shown in the illustration right. Using the crimping tool in the reverse direction will not crimp correctly. From the previous page Slightly widen the external conductor of the coaxial cable, which is crimped to a contact on the internal conductor, in order to smoothly enter the shell inside the external conductor. Press in the external conductor end of the coaxial cable to just before the crimping part of the shell and put the sleeve into the crimping section. Then press in the coaxial cable until a “click” sound can be heard. Confirm that the contact end point touches your finger cushion. Shell Widen a little Finger Sleeve Completely put into the crimping section. Crimp the external conductor. 10 Dice blade shape Crimping dice Dice blade shape looking from this side Push * Use the crimping tool in the direction shown in the illustration right. Using the crimping tool in the reverse direction will not crimp correctly. TT- 237 TT 9. Insulation test of shell and contact Using a tester, check the conductivity between the internal conductor and the external conductor in the connector. When the indication of the tester shows ∞ ohms, the insulation is appropriate. Conductivity test After short-circuiting the one end of the connector crimped to the coaxial cable, check that conductivity is attained. 6·6 1. 6 Insert thoroughly the sleeve into the crimping section of the shell and crimp. Put the sleeve in the hexagonal dice and closely stick the shell to the crimping dice. Pull the moving frame to the fixing frame side while pressing the coaxial cable and shell from both sides, and crimp until the ratchet is removed. (Crimping width: 10 mm) Crimping section Closed contact Chapter 7 Wiring 7-1 Cable trunk and branch lines ① On the illustration of the cable wiring below, a bold line means a trunk and the thin lines branched from the trunk with a “T” shape are called branch lines. Branch line 400 mm max. Trunk cable ② The length of branch lines branched from the trunk should be within 400 mm. Branch line 400 mm Trunk cable 7 ③ Total cable length should be within 1 km. 7-2 Relaying of trunk cables ① To relay trunk cables, use the straight joint (ME-JJ-01). ME-JJ-01 ② Relaying of trunk cables should be limited to indispensable cases only. Inadvertent relaying of trunk cables may cause a communication fault such as a weakened signal level due to contact resistance in the junction connector (straight). Junction Junction 7·1 7-3 Cable wiring procedure in control panel Saddle JW-20CM [1] Fixing of the cable In order not to put any force on the cable and the JW-20CM, fasten the cable to an line nearby input of a control panel or a “T” branch point to the JW20CM using saddles etc. Saddle [2] Extra length of cable Provide an extra length of the cable of 2 to 3 m inside a control panel for easier processing of the cable end and easier wiring when changing module positions. [3] Connection to the JW-20CM The connector to the JW-20CM should be turned right to secure locking, not merely inserted. An extra length of cable of 2 to 3 m Communication cable connection connector 7 [4] Insulation cover When the connector touches with a high voltage section or external enclosures, communication errors may occur. Make sure to install an insulation cover. 7·2 “T” jacket (insulation cover) “L” jacket (insulation cover) [5] Grounding of power supply module Make sure to connect the GND terminal of the power supply module to a class-3 grounding. • If the power supply module is not grounded, the JW-20CM cannot conduct with the ground after turning “ON” the shield ground switch. In case of AC power supply module (JW-1PU) Power supply module (JW-1PU) SHORT 200 VAC Input power voltage switching terminal SHORT 100 VAC Class-3 grounding INPUT AC/AC 100V 200V GND HALT OUTPUT Power input terminal GND (ground) terminal Halt signal output terminal Detail of the terminal block 7 7·3 7-4 Waterproof and insulation processing of connectors In order to prevent water intrusion into the “T” branch connectors and the straight connectors, we recommend to wind a self-adhesive tape and provide waterproof processing for them. For insulation purposes, cover these connectors with jackets. [1] “T” branch connector To wind a self-adhesive tape, cut the tape at about 10 cm each and start winding from position ①. Start winding cut tapes from ② and ③ as well. ② Self-adhesive tape ① ③ T’s 7 [2] Straight connector To wind the self-adhesive tape, cut the tape at about 15 cm each and start winding from position ① . Self-adhesive tape ① Straight Remarks Prior to adhering the tape, clean the surface of the connectors and stick the adhesive side of the tape on the connector surface. Wind to lightly spread on the connector surface, and overlap with the next wrap to half of the tape width. Wind the tape for each wrap evenly so that the connector metal portion is completely covered with the tape. Be careful not to excessively stretch the tape. 7·4 7-5 Wiring of cables at outside control panels ① Do not bundle the coaxial cable (the trunk and branch lines) together with power cables, and separate from power cables at least by 100 mm. Do not put the coaxial cable into a power line wired duct. The best way is to put the communication line in an independent duct. ② Be careful that the coaxial cable does not receive any load by laying under a heavy weight such as other cables. When other cables run in the same duct as the coaxial cable, run the coaxial cable on the top position. ③ Do not run the coaxial cable outdoors as it may cause damage to the JW-20CM due to inductive lightning or atmospheric charge during lightning. 7-6 Check after wiring Check the items below after completion of wiring. Check contents 1 The recommended connector types are used. 2 The connectors are securely locked. 3 The connectors are insulated by T jacket or L jacket. 4 The recommended coaxial cable type is used. 5 Curved radius of the coaxial cables are more than 45 mm. 6 No heavy load is on the coaxial cables. The coaxial cable is not bundled with a power line cable. 7 (Away from power line cables more than 100 mm.) 8 Length of branch lines is shorter than 400 mm. 9 Total length of the cable is less than 1 km. Settings of the termination resistance switch and the shield ground switch are as per 10 the drawings. 7·5 7 7-7 Wiring method for adding a communication station [1] Branching method When branching a line for an additional station, be sure to branch from the trunk using a T connector. Never branch from a branch line. Station number 0 2 (8) Station number 0 2 (8) Trunk cable Station number 0 3 (8) Branch Trunk line cable Station number 0 6 (8) Station number 0 3 (8) Addition Junction Station number 0 6 (8) Station number 0 2 (8) Station number 0 3 (8) Branch line 7 [2] Station number of the additional station Station number of the newly added station should be next largest number from the current largest numbered station. Each station should not be required to be arranged in order of each station’s number. ００(8) ０１(8) ０３(8) ０２(8) ０４(8) ０５(8) Addition Sequential number ００（8） ０１（8） ０２（8） ０６（8） ０３（8） ０４（8） means the termination resistance switch being turned “ON.” 7·6 ０５（8） [3] Notes When adding a communication station, follow the items below. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Item Branch from the trunk cable. Don’t use the same station number twice. Check the termination resistance switch. Provide extra length for the expansion cable. Do not exceed the 1 km limit for total length of the cable. Change the layout drawing for installation. Do not overlap with any PC’s communication area. Set the parameter memory of the master station and that of the newly added station. Reason Another branch line from a branch line may not give appropriate communication by reflection wave. The use of the same station number twice may cause communication errors. When the newly added station becomes a termination of the circuit, change the setting of the LT switch. Have enough cable length in order to provide easy wiring. Longer wiring may cause communication error by signal attenuation. Maintain the added work data for future maintenance use. When the communication area or the flag area of the added station overlaps with other addresses in use, communication errors may occur. Without setting the parameter memory of the master station and that of the slave station, the added station cannot communicate. 7·7 7 7-8 Wiring to power supply module [1] JW-1PU · Open the terminal block cover, fasten with the screw with torque of less than 12kg·cm. · A maximum of three halt output lines can be connected serial. To use more than three sets, use a relay for interconnection. In case of 100 VAC input In case of 100 VAC input Terminal block cover 1 SHORT 200 VAC 2 SHORT 100 VAC 3 INPUT 4 100 VAC or 200 VAC 5 GND Terminal block cover 6 7 halt output line 8 DC relay The coil rating must conform to the power supply voltage. 7 In case of using DC output module, connect the AC relay in the halt output line and insert the contact with the emergency stop circuit. In case of 200 VAC input · In case of using 200 VAC, switched to the 200 V side in terminal block of power supply module. · If 200 V is added with the clip connected to the 100 V side, it may damage the power supply module. In case of 100 VAC input SHORT 200 VAC SHORT 100 VAC 200 VAC input 1 2 7 1A SSR 3 4 8 5 GND 6 Halt output internal circuit 7·8 [2] JW-2PU · Open the terminal block cover, fasten with the screw with torque of less than 12kg·cm. · Halt output lines can not be connected serial. To use more than two sets, use a relay for interconnec-tion. Terminal block In case of 24 VDC input cover 1 Do not use. 2 3 INPUT 4 24 VDC 5 GND + Terminal block cover 6 7 Halt output line 8 DC relay The coil rating must conform to the power supply voltage. Connect the DC relay in the halt output line and insert the contact with the emergency stop circuit. Remarks 留 意 点 · Connect without confusing polarities of input power supply and halt output signal. · Wrong polarity connection may damage the power supply module when charged. 7 1A 8 Halt output internal circuit 7·9 7 Chapter 8 Remote I/O 8-1 Description of remote I/O · If remote I/O slave module JW-20RS is installed on I/O modules located separately, one PC (master station) having a network module JW-20CM can control these I/O modules. · Connect between a master station JW-20CM and slave station JW-20RS using one coaxial cable. As the network module JW-20CM and remote I/O slave module JW-20RS control communication, there is no need any special program for the PC. · More than one master stations can be mounted on one PC. · Maximum 63 modules of slave stations can be connected within the cable total extension length 1 km. · If a JW model PC has a master station, it can connect with stave stations having JW model I/O modules and slave stations having ZW model I/O modules. However, mixed installation of JW and ZW model I/O modules on one slave station is not available. [ If a master station is installed on a ZW model PC, it can connect only with slave stations having ZW model I/O modules. Master staion 00(8) JW-20CM ] Slave staion 01(8) JW-20RS Slave staion 02(8) ZW-20RS Slave staion 77(8) JW-20RS (JW-I/O) (JW-I/O) (JW-I/O) PC 8 (Slave station : 63 stations max., cable total extension length : 1km max.) 8·1 · Rack panel can use 2 sets max. per slave station. But, unavailable for use I/O bus expansion adapter (JW-1EA,JW-2EA). 2 rack panels max. · Special I/O module of JW model has the following limitation for number of modules to be used. Per remote I/O slave station All remote I/O slave station 8 Total of special I/O module 8 modules max. Total number of bytes of special I/O module 128 bytes max. Total of special I/O module 32 modules max. Total number of bytes of special I/O module 512 bytes max. Module name Model name Number of occupied bytes Analog input JW-8AD 36 bytes Analog output JW-2DA 8 bytes High-speed counter JW-2HC 8 bytes I/O link master station JW-31LM 2 to 64 bytes ID control module JW-11DU JW-12DU Maximum 64 bytes Positioning module JW-12PM 16 bytes · Allocation of number of I/O points per remote I/O slave station have “fixed allocation” and “manual allocation.” Allocation method Contents Fixed · allocation · · Manual allocation Allocate for every 64 points or 128 points Allocate between 8 to 1024 points in 8 point unit Number of connectable slave stations and total number of I/O points are limited, 63 stations and 4096 points at maximum, be careful do not exceed these limitaitons. Number of I/O points per station Available for Total number connected number of I/O points of slave stations 64 points 63 stations 4032 points (504 bytes) 128 points 32 stations 4096 points (512 bytes) (Example 1) In case of 64 points 63 stations 4096 points (512 bytes) (Example 2) In case of 1024 points 4 stations 4096 points (512 bytes) 8·2 8-2 Data transfer required time and communication timing (1) Required time for data transfer Time required for a master station to communicate with all the slave stations is determined by number of connected stations and number of points of all slave stations, as well as number of data bytes of JW model special I/O modules. T= (N + 136 x P) x 2 1250 + 1.4P + 5.3 + 2.5 (P + 1) + α [ms] N : Total number of data bytes of all the slave station’s I/O model and JW model special I/O modules (value to be calculated by number of bytes × 8 points) P : Number of slave stations 136 : Use 136 bits for station address on the communication format and error check function. 1250 : Baud rate; 1.25 M bit/sec. 1.4P + 5.3 : Data processing time of the master station 2.5 : Total sequential send processing of the communication stations. α : Communication time at executing remote program/remote monitor. 8 Remarks · If "synchronous" is selected, one scan cycle time of a PC will vary with change of transfer required time. · Number of data bytes on the JW model special I/O module is a value set in parameter address 000600 to 000777(8) on the master station. 8·3 (2) Communication timing · For communication with slave stations, either of "synchronous" and "asynchronous" can be selected for operation with the master station PC. · When "synchronous" is selected, the JW-20CM communicates with synchronize with operation (one scan) of the master station PC. · When "asynchronous" is selected, the JW-20CM communicates with slave stations regardless of operation of the master station PC. Therefore, even if communication of all stave stations is not completed, the JW-20CM starts data exchange with the master station and PC. JW-20CM PC Bus/interface port RAM Modem Communication lines Communication control port ROM S I O ROM RAM Buffer Bus bonding memory RAM CTC Communication control CPU CTC Data memory Interface CPU SIO Processing of PC side Processing of JW-20CM Check PC hardware Zero-cross synchronization 8 I/O processing NO Remote communication complete? YES NO Data exchange with data memory Data exchange with remote I/O master station RAM Remote I/O communication processing PC operation Communication complete? YES Remarks The slave station will not performs the zero-cross operation even if the master station PC is “set zero-cross (zero-cross switch 07367 at OFF)”. 8·4 ① Operational synchronous When more than one JW-20CM is installed while using the remote I/O function, set only one module as “operational synchronous.” When a link module ZW-10CM or JW-10CM is used for remote I/O, the JW-20CM should be set as “operational asynchronous.” a. When operation interval (one scan) of the master station PC is longer than data transfer time of the remote I/O: I/O processing at PC side Data exchange with the buffer memory I/O processing at PC side PC scan cycle PC operation time Remote I/O data transfer processing Remote I/O data transfer processing b. When operation interval (one scan) of the master station PC is shorter than data transfer time of the remote I/O: I/O processing at PC side Data exchange with the buffer memory I/O processing at PC side PC operation time PC scan cycle Waiting time Remote I/O data transfer processing ※ A waiting time is provided after the PC process to match with end timing of the data transfer process of the remote I/O so that the remote I/O can synchronize with the PC scan cycle. ② Operational asynchronous The special I/O module can not be used with the remote I/O slave module as the special I/O module cannot synchronize with the master station PC for data exchange. a. When operation interval (one scan) of the master station PC is longer than data transfer time of the remote I/O: Same as operational synchronous above. b. When operation interval (one scan) of the master station PC is shorter than data transfer time of the remote I/O: I/O processing at PC side PC scan cycle Data exchange with the buffer memory I/O processing at PC side PC operation time PC operation time Remote I/O data transfer processing 8·5 PC operation time Remote I/O data transfer processing 8 (2) Data flow with slave module I/O processing of the slave module shall be carried out after completion of communication with the master station. Slave station 1 子局1 Slave station 2 子局2 ZW-20RS I/OI/Oユニット JW-20RS module ZW-20RS I/O I/Oユニット JW-20RS module Master station 親局 PC JW-20CM ZW-20CM PC Input signal 入力信号 I / O 処理 I/O processing データ交換 Data exchange Communication 子局1との通信 with slave station 1 I/O処理 I/O processing Communication with slave station 2 子局2との通信 I/O processing I/O処理 I/O processing I / O 処理 データ交換 Data exchange I/O processing I/O処理 Output signal 出力信号 I/O processing I / O 処理 データ交換 Data exchange Communication with slave station 1 子局1との通信 I/O processing I/O処理 Communication with slave station 2 子局2との通信 I/O processing I/O処理 8 8·6 (4) Voltage interruption time of slave module The voltage interruption operation of slave module is carried out for service interruption signal (PF signal) of power supply module, watchdog timer of slave module, and check 5 V power regardless of setting voltage interruption time (#246) of master module. Start No PF signal OFF Yes Communicating at remote I/O No · The watchdog timer of the slave module goes time-up in “320 ms.” I/O processing of I/O module Yes Output hold RST switch No Yes · The PF signal of the power supply module goes “OFF” below 85% of the rated voltage. · When output hold switch is “RST,” the all halt output and output module become “OFF” when communication with master station have interruption of 320 ms. Watchdog timer time-up No No 5V power 4.5V max. Yes Halt output “open” All output module “OFF” End · When the check of 5 V power is gone below 4.5 V, all are forced to reset. The power supply characteristics varies according to the consumption current of the power supply module as following diagrams. Output hold time 5.1V,7A load (ZW-1PU) 5.1V,5A load (ZW-2PU) 100 80 60 8 Output hold time 100 VAC 50H input (ZW-1PU) 24 VDC input (ZW-2PU) 280 Hold time [ms] Hold time [ms] 120 240 200 160 40 120 20 80 0 85V/170V 100V/200V 120V/240V 132V/264V AC input voltage 20V 24V 28V 32V DC input voltage 40 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Load current [A] 8·7 8-3 Outline of switch and parameter setting procedure In brackets: See page Start Power “OFF” master/slave station Set switch of master module [8·9] Set switch of slave module [8·14] Set parameter of slave module [8·19] Set parameter of master module [8·30] End 8 Remarks · Make sure to turn “OFF” the power of the PC prior to setting the switch. · Parameter must be started from the slave module first. · Prior to setting the parameters of master module, set the operation mode of the JW-20CM to “program mode.” · Make sure to write the set parameters into the EEPROM on the JW-20CM after setting. 8·8 (1) Switch setting of master module (JW-20CM) In brackets: See page Operation procedure Start Power “OFF” master/slave station Remove the setting switch cover. [8·10] Set MODE (function) switch [8·10] Set STA. NO. (station number) switch [8·10] Set LT (termination resistance) switch [8·11] Set LG (shield ground) switch [8·12] Attach label [8·13] 8 End 8·9 Turn master module and slave module power “OFF.” Remove the setting switch cover of master module JW-20CM. · With your fingertips over the top and bottom of the switch cover, pull the cover towards you to remove it. · Keep the cover saved as it must be installed after switch setting. Set MODE (function) switch · Be sure to setting “1.” 2 Data link (standard function) MODE 67 Remote I/O 45 1 BCD 01 Set at delivery EF 0 8 9A Function 23 Setting value Computer link 3 Data link (memory capacity save function) Computer link 4-F Test mode A service man will use these switches for adjustment. Do not set “4 to F.” To the next page 8·10 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 X1 7 8 2 3 STA.NO. X10 9 0 1 · Set the station address to “00.” 4 5 6 Set STA. NO. (station number) switch 2 3 8 From the previous page Set LT (termination resistance) switch • When a JW-20CM master module is at either end the communication line, make sure to set the termination resistance switch "ON." LT (ON) LG (ON) Turn ON the termination resistance switches on these two stations. Reference: Function of the termination resistance switch If the communication line does not have a termination resistance, the high frequency signal will be reflected at the ends of the cable. These reflected signals can collide with the original communication signals, so that some stations will not be able to communicate normally. The use of termination resistance suppresses reflected signals. If the termination resistance switch on any of the stations in between the end of the cable is turned ON, the station will generate a reflection wave signal or attenuate the original signal and may not communicate normally. · When the trunk line has a branch in it, turn ON the termination resistance at the station on the trunk cable. Termination resistance (ON) Drop cable (branch line should be less than 400 mm) "T" branch Trunk cable · If you use a terminator (termination resistance made by Toko Denshi: ME-75) at the end of a signal cable, turn OFF the termination resistance at the station on the end of the cable. Terminator Terminator Less than 1 km Terminator: ME-75 To the next page 8·11 8 From the previous page LT (ON) Set LG (shield ground) switch LG (ON) · For communication lines, use a coaxial cable. · As coaxial cable is an unbalanced circuit, ground its shield by turning “ON” the shield ground switch. Turn “ON” shield ground switch Coaxial cable Turn “ON” shield ground switch • Make sure to provide a class-3 grounding for the GND terminal of the power supply module. Without grounding the power supply module, the JW-20CM cannot become conductive with the ground after turning “ON” the shield ground switch. (See page 7·2.) • Prior to any electric welding around the JW-20CM, take out the coaxial cable from the JW-20CM. While the coaxial cable is connected to the JW-20CM, any electric welding nearby the JW-20CM will cause the welding current to the JW-20CM and may damage part of its circuit pattern. JW-20CM 8 Coaxial cable JW-20CM JW-20CM has a fuse element here. Wrap around current Turn “ON” shield ground switch FG Turn “ON” shield ground switch Note: Rack etc. Note: In case enough conductivity is not established. Electric welder To the next page 8·12 From the previous page Attach label · Attach the remote I/O master station label to this module, make setting “remote I/O master station function” clear. · Write “FIX” on this label. LINK FUNCTION REMOTE I/O MASTER STATION NO. FIX Switch setting end of master module 8 8·13 (2) Switch setting of slave module (JW-20RS) Operation procedure All slave module in common for setting method In brackets: See page Start Power “OFF” master/slave station 8 Set output hold switch [8·15] Remove the setting switch cover. [8·15] Set MODE (function) switch [8·15] Set STA. NO. (station number) switch [8·16] Set LT (termination resistance) switch [8·16] Set LG (shield ground) switch [8·17] Attach label [8·18] End 8·14 Power “OFF” master/slave station RST Set output hold switch ※２ HOLD Output hold switch · Set this switch whether to "latch" or "turn OFF all points" of output circuits when the slave module JW-20RS stops operation. · In case of using I/O module of JW model, be sure to setting “HOLD”. Switch setting Contents In case of using I/O HOLD "Hold" module of ZW model RST※1 "All points OFF" [ Keep *2 switch above as delivered condition. ] In case of using I/O HOLD Setting at "hold" module of JW model ※ 1 When the slave module JW-20RS stopped, the halt output turns “open” and output module sets “all points OFF”. (See page 8·50). Remove the setting switch cover of master module JW-20RS. · With your fingertips over the top and bottom of the switch cover, pull the cover towards you to remove it. · Keep the cover saved as it must be installed after switch setting. 8 I/O module of ZW model 2 I/O module of JW model 67 45 1 23 Model of I/O module 01 Setting value MODE BCD EF · Select the model of I/O module that installed on respective slave module. 8 9A Set MODE (function) switch The mode switch is set to “2” at delivery. Positions "3 to F" will be used only by our service man. Do not set the switch to these positions. · If the master station PC is JW model, it can connect to the slave modules having "ZW model I/O module" and "JW model I/O module" on the same circuit. To the next page 8·15 4 5 6 2 3 ×1 7 8 9 0 1 · Set "STA. NO" (station number) in octal notation in sequential numbers from 01 to 77. Be careful that there is no doubled setting or lacked number setting. (Number of connectable slave stations: See page 8·2) 7 8 2 3 STA.NO. ×10 9 0 1 Set STA. NO. (station number) switch 4 5 6 From the previous page LT (ON) Set LT (termination resistance) switch • When a JW-20RS slave module is at either end the communication line, make sure to set the termination resistance switch "ON." LG (ON) Turn ON the termination resistance switches on these two stations. 8 Reference: Function of the termination resistance switch If the communication line does not have a termination resistance, the high frequency signal will be reflected at the ends of the cable. These reflected signals can collide with the original communication signals, so that some stations will not be able to communicate normally. The use of termination resistance suppresses reflected signals. If the termination resistance switch on any of the stations in between the end of the cable is turned ON, the station will generate a reflection wave signal or attenuate the original signal and may not communicate normally. · When the trunk line has a branch in it, turn ON the termination resistance at the station on the trunk cable. Termination resistance (ON) Drop cable (branch line should be less than 400 mm) "T" branch Trunk cable · If you use a terminator (termination resistance made by Toko Denshi: ME-75) at the end of a signal cable, turn OFF the termination resistance at the station on the end of the cable. Terminator Terminator Less than 1 km Terminator: ME-75 To the next page 8·16 From the previous page LT (ON) Set LG (shield ground) switch LG (ON) · For communication lines, use a coaxial cable. · As coaxial cable is an unbalanced circuit, ground its shield by turning “ON” the shield ground switch. Turn “ON” shield ground switch Coaxial cable Turn “ON” shield ground switch • Make sure to provide a class-3 grounding for the GND terminal of the power supply module. Without grounding the power supply module, the JW-20CM cannot become conductive with the ground after turning “ON” the shield ground switch. (See page 7·2.) • Prior to any electric welding around the JW-20CM, take out the coaxial cable from the JW20CM. While the coaxial cable is connected to the JW-20CM, any electric welding nearby the JW-20CM will cause the welding current to the JW-20CM and may damage part of its circuit pattern. JW-20CM Coaxial cable JW-20CM JW-20CM has a fuse element here Wrap around current Turn “ON” shield ground Turn “ON” shield ground FG Note: FG Rack etc. Note: In case enough conductivity is not established. Electric welder To the next page 8·17 8 From the previous page Write in label · Write “FIX” and “STA. NO.” on label of remote I/O slave station, make setting contents clear. STATION NO. 01 FIX Switch setting end of slave module 8 8·18 (3) Parameter setting of slave module (JW-20RS) Set the following parameter address after setting switch. Setting item varies with using I/O module (JW model or ZW model). O: Necessity for setting Item Setting no. of dummy I/O points · Use 1 byte per vacant 2 slots · Set at only manual I/O table registration Set kinds of I/O module · Use 1 byte per slot · Set at only manual I/O table registration Address Initial value (8) (H) 000000 to 00 000017 000100 to 00 000137 Set max.racks and slot number 001000 00 Set manual I/O table registration 001001 00 Register automatically or not I/O table at power input. Set remote I/O top address 001004 001005 00 Check no. of I/O bytes 003750 00 003752 00 JW-I/O ZW-I/W See page ○ − 8・25 ○ − 8・26 ○ − 8・28 ○ − 8・27 00 : Auto registration 001002 00 03 : Prohibit the auto registration Set no. of I/O bytes Writing to the EEPROM, start operation/stop setting. Setting contents 0 : No. of dummy I/O points : No points 1 : No. of dummy I/O points : 16 points (2 bytes) 2 : No. of dummy I/O points : 32 points (4 bytes) 3 : No. of dummy I/O points : 48 points (6 bytes) 4 : No. of dummy I/O points : 64 points (8 bytes) 5 : No. of dummy I/O points : 80 points (10 bytes) 6 : No. of dummy I/O points : 96 points (12 bytes) 7 : No. of dummy I/O points : 112 points (14 bytes) 8 : No. of dummy I/O points : 128 points (16 bytes) 9 : No. of dummy I/O points : 144 points (18 bytes) A : No. of dummy I/O points : 160 points (20 bytes) B : No. of dummy I/O points : 176 points (22 bytes) C : No. of dummy I/O points : 192 points (24 bytes) D : No. of dummy I/O points : 208 points (26 bytes) E : No. of dummy I/O points : 224 points (28 bytes) F : No. of dummy I/O points : 240 points (30 bytes) 91 : 16 points output 92 : 32 points output 94 : 64 points output 00 : Vacant slot (lower is dummy I/O points) A1 : 16 points output A2 : 32 points output A4 : 64 points output D1 : Special I/O module F1 : Special I/O module Upper 4 bits : Rack number Lower 4 bits : Slot number 60 : Manual setting for both dummy I/O points and kinds of I/O module 64 : Manual setting for dummy I/O points and auto setting for kinds of I/O module 65 : 00 for dummy I/O points and auto setting for kinds of I/O module 00 : When setting is normal end 003753 00 003777 01 Set file address in octal when only using search module (SU) lamp. 00 : No check the no. of I/O bytes 45 : Check the no. of I/O bytes If "checking number of I/O bytes to be used by the I/O module" function is selected to "not to check" using decimal notation 000 to 128, this setting is not needed. 00 : Stop remote I/O operation 01 : Start remote I/O operation 80 : Writing to the EEPROM, stop operation 81 : Writing to the EEPROM, start operation 08 : Initialize the parameter ○ − ○ − − ○ − ○ ○ ○ 8・24 · There is no difference of parameter setting between "fixed allocation" and "manual allocation." 8·19 8・29 8・22 8・23 8 Operation procedure In brackets : See page Turn “ON” the power of slave station PC Connect support tools ［8·22］ Stop remote I/O operation ［8·22］ (parameter address 003777(8) = 00(H) In case of using ZW-I/O In case of using ZW-I/O Use the slave module having set to default condition at delivery (initialized the parameters), and use it as automatic I/O registration function. No Yes A 8 ⑥ Set of prohibit the auto I/O table registration at power “ON” ［8·27］ (parameter address 001002(8) = 03 (H)) No ① No check the no. of I/O bytes ① Set of check no. of I/O bytes (parameter address 003750(8) = 45(H)) Yes Not short for I/O processing time Yes Set of check no. of I/O bytes (parameter address 003750(8) = 00(H)) ［8·24］ ② No Not use I/O search Set no. of I/O bytes Yes ［8·24］ Writing to the EEPROM, start operation (parameter address 003777(8) = 81(H)) End 8·20 No [I/O table registration in case of using JW-I/O] 1. In case of not setting dummy I/O Register I/O table based on the installed I/O module. (Set parameter address 001001(8) = 65(H), the procedure B in the flow chart.) However, in case of parameter address of JW-20RS 001002(8) = 00(H) (default setting), the JW-20CM automatically registers I/O table when the power is input and there is no need to register I/O table. (Procedure A in the flow chart.) 2. In case of setting dummy I/O Set number of dummy I/O points for each slot and registers I/O table based on this setting and the installed I/O module. (Set parameter address 001001(8) = 64(H), procedure C in the flow chart.) Procedure D in the flow chart is special method to set byte of I/O module for each slot. Normally set I/O module type using steps 1 and 2 above. Not setting dummy I/O Auto setting the kinds of I/O module Yes No (Manual I/O registration) ③ (Auto I/O registration) Set no. of dummy I/O points Not setting the kinds of I/O module (auto setting) D Set the kinds of I/O module C B ⑤ Registration of I/O table (parameter address 001001(8) = 65(H)) No ④ Yes ⑤ ［8·25］ ⑤ Registration of I/O table (parameter address 001001(8) = 64(H)) ［8·26］ Registration of I/O table (parameter address 001001(8) = 64 (H)) ［8·27］ ⑦ Set max. racks, slot number ［8·28］ ① to ⑧ are applied to page 8·24 to 29. ⑧ Set remote I/O top address ［8·29］ 8·21 8 Turn “ON” the power of slave module Connect support tools · Connect a support tool with the slave module JW-20RS and prepare the setting parameter. JW-13PG/12PG JW-50SP JW-50PG, Z-100LP2S • For operation of each support tool, see the instruction manual attached. The following describes an example of JW-13PG’s key operation. Stop operation of remote I/O [HEX (hexadecimal), byte] · Setting of the parameter is only available when the operation of the JW-20RS is stopped. · Write “00(H)” to parameter address 003777(8) and stop operation of the JW-20RS. (Operation example of JW-13PG) ） （ Parameter setting 8 Display the contents of parameter address 007777 by hexadecimal. Screen display of JW-13PG （ Write 00 . ） (H) 07775 07776 I PARAM. >07777 HEX HEX 00 1F HEX 00 Reference Function of JW-13PG • key: Changeover unit of figures →HEX (hexadecimal) → OCT (octal) → DCM (decimal) →Bit pattern • key: Byte display ←→ Changeover word display · Please set ① to ⑧ of 8·24 and after when using ZW-I/O or JW-I/O. To the next page Remarks Indicates in [ ] of each item mean as follows: (Example) Stop remote I/O operation [HEX (hexadecimal), bytes] This means to set “stop remote I/O operation” by hexadecimal and byte unit. 8·22 From the previous page Writing to the EEPROM, start operation [HEX (hexadecimal), byte] · Write “81(H)” into parameter address 003777(8) and write the set parameter contents into the EEPROM. Then start the slave module. · After starting operation, the setting value changes to “01(H).” Setting value (H) Contents 00 Stop operation 01 Start operation 80 Writing to the EEPROM, stop operation 81 Writing to the EEPROM, start operation 08 Initialize setting values of parameter addresses (Operation example of JW-13PG) Display the contents of address 003777(8) Screen display of JW-13PG Write 81(H) 03775 03776 I PARAM. >03777 HEX HEX 00 00 HEX 01 Remarks 8 · Writing time to EEPROM is approximately 0.7 sec. When any error is found for parameter settings, lights the error code 9F(H) by the indication lamp. · Written contents into the EEPROM are automatically written to the RAM of the slave module when turning ON the power of the PC. At reading, the PC checks BCC and compares BCC check code of the parameter memory address (003776(8)). When an error is found, the JW-20RS lights the error code 9E(H) by the indication lamp. · After initialized the parameters, the JW-20RS initializes parameter address 000000 to 003776(8). 8·23 "Only when using ZW model I/O module" ① Select "number of I/O byte checking" function [OCT (Octal), bytes] (Applied to item ① on pages 8·20 to 22) · Select whether to check or not number of bytes of I/O module used for the remote I/O slave module. Set selection in parameter address 003750(8). If "check" is selected, the I/O module can detect when number of I/O modules is changed by fault or disconnection of the I/O modules. Set value Contents 00(H) Do not check 45(H) Check Initial value: 00(H) (Do not check) (To select "check" using JW-13PG) Display contents of address 003750(8) Screen display of JW-13PG 03746 03747 I PARAM. >03750 Write 45(H) HEX HEX 00 00 HEX 45 "Only when using ZW model I/O module" ② Set number of I/O bytes [DCM (decimal), word] (Applied to item ② on pages 8·20 to 22) 8 · Set total number of bytes of installed modules when "yes" is selected (address 003750(8) = 45(H)). · If the set number of I/O bytes mismatch with the actual number of bytes of the installed module, the JW-20RS detects as error (error code 92(H)). · Set between 000 to 128 in decimal notation. Address Contents 003752(8) Lower bytes 003753(8) Upper bytes Initial value: 00(D) for both upper and lower bytes. Ex.: If one ZW-16N1 (16 points/2 bytes) and one ZW-16S1 (16 points/2 bytes) are installed, (Set 2 bytes + 2 bytes = 4 bytes using the JW-13PG) Screen display of JW-13PG Display the contents of address 003752(8) in decimal notation and words. 03746 03750 I PARAM. >03752 Write data 4 8·24 D D 00000 00037 D 00004 "Only when manual I/O registration using the JW model I/O module" ③ Set number of dummy I/O points [HEX (hexadecimal), bytes] (Applied to item ③ on pages 8·20 to 22) · Set to allocate addresses (dummy I/Os) on vacant slots in parameter address 000000 to 000017(8). · Set two slots with one byte of parameter address. Parameter address(8) 000000 Set to 0 Set to 0 Parameter address(8) 000010 000001 Slot 3 Slot 2 000002 Slot 5 000003 Rack No. 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Rack No. 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Slot 1 Slot 0 000011 Slot 3 Slot 2 Slot 4 000012 Slot 5 Slot 4 Slot 7 Slot 6 000013 Slot 7 Slot 6 000004 Slot 9 Slot 8 000014 Slot 9 Slot 8 000005 Slot B Slot A 000015 Slot B Slot A 000006 Slot D Slot C 000016 Slot D Slot B 000007 Slot F Slot E 000017 Slot F Slot E Set value(H) Set value(H) Contnets 0 Contnets 0 No dummy I/O point 8 128 points of dummy I/O (16 bytes) 1 16 points of dummy I/O (2 bytes) 9 144 points of dummy I/O (18 bytes) 2 32 points of dummy I/O (4 bytes) A 160 points of dummy I/O (20 bytes) 3 48 points of dummy I/O (6 bytes) B 176 points of dummy I/O (22 bytes) 4 64 points of dummy I/O (8 bytes) C 192 points of dummy I/O (24 bytes) 5 80 points of dummy I/O (10 bytes) D 208 points of dummy I/O (26 bytes) 6 96 points of dummy I/O (12 bytes) E 224 points of dummy I/O (28 bytes) 7 112 points of dummy I/O (14 bytes) F 240 points of dummy I/O (30 bytes) Ex.: Set 32 points (4 bytes) of dummy I/O in the following vacant slots using JW-13PG. JW-20RS JW-12N JW-12N Vacant slot JW-12S JW-12S Not used Not used Not used Power supply module 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ←Slot No. ↑ Set number of dummy I/Os ( Display contents of address 000002(8) ) (Write 02(H)) ←Rack No. 0 Screen display of JW-13PG 00000 00001 I PARAM. >00002 8·25 HEX HEX 00 00 HEX 02 8 "Only when manual I/O registration using JW model I/O modules" ④ Set type of I/O module [HEX (hexadecimal), byte] (Applied to item ④ on pages 8·20 to 22) · Set types of installed I/O module in each slot and number of dummy I/O points set for vacant slot into parameter address 000100 to 000137(8). · Set one slot with one byte of parameter address. 8 Parameter address (8) Contents in rack No. 0 Parameter address (8) Contents in rack No. 1 Set value(H) 000100 Set to 00(H) 000120 Slot 0 91 JW-12S, JW-13S 000101 Set to 00(H) 000121 Slot 1 92 JW-32S JW-32SC, JW-33S JW-34S, JW-35S 94 JW-62SC 00 to 0F Vacant slot 00 ↑ Lower bits are number of dummy I/O points A1 JW-11N, JW-12N JW-13N A2 JW-31N, JW-32N JW-34N, JW-34NC A4 JW-64NC D1 JW-2DA, JW-8AD JW-31LM F1 JW-2HC, JW-11DU JW-12DU 000102 Slot 2 000122 Slot 2 000103 Slot 3 000123 Slot 3 000104 Slot 4 000124 Slot 4 000105 Slot 5 000125 Slot 5 000106 Slot 6 000126 Slot 6 000107 Slot 7 000127 Slot 7 000110 Slot 8 000130 Slot 8 000111 Slot 9 000131 Slot 9 000112 Slot A 000132 Slot A 000113 Slot B 000133 Slot B 000114 Slot C 000134 Slot C 000115 Slot D 000135 Slot D 000116 Slot E 000136 Slot E 000117 Slot F 000137 Slot F Model name of the installed module Set 00(H) for a slot having power supply module or slave module JW-20RS. Ex.: Set the I/O module in the previous page using the JW-13PG Display contents of address 000102(8) Write A1(H) in address 000103(8) Write A1(H) ( Write 02(H) in address 000104(8) ) Write 91(H) in address 000105(8) Screen display of JW-13PG Write 91(H) in address 000106(H) 00104 00105 I PARAM. >00106 HEX HEX 02 91 HEX 91 8·26 "Only when using JW model I/O modules" ⑤ Registration of I/O table [HEX (hexadecimal), byte] (Applied to item ⑤ on pages 8·20 to 22) · Set in parameter address 001001(8) Set value(H) Contents 60 Set both number of dummy I/O points and type of I/O module with operation described in page 8·25 and 26 64 Manual setting number of dummy I/O points and automaticl setting of I/O module type. Number of dummy I/O points is 00 (number of dummy I/O points set by operatoin in page 8· 25 will be 00), and set I/O module type automatically. When setting is complete normally, set value will be 00(H). · When manual I/O table registration is selected, the JW-20RS automatically registers I/O address table for each rack slot into parameter address 004000 to 004077(8). It also stores sum check code of parameter address 000000 to 000277(8) into parameter address 000300(8). 65 Ex.: Set number of dummy I/O points and I/O module type set in page 8·25 and 26 using the JW13PG. Screen display of JW-13PG Display contents of address 001001(8) Write 60(H) 00777 01000 I PARAM. >01001 HEX HEX 00 00 HEX 60 8 "Only when using JW model I/O module" ⑥ Prohibit automatic registration of I/O table at inputting power [HEX (hexadecimal), bytes] (Applied to item ⑥ on pages 8·20 to 22) · Set 03(H) in parameter address 001002(H) to prohibit "automatic registration of I/O table" during inputting power to the slave station module. (In case of setting using the JW-13PG) Screen display of JW-13PG ( Write 03(H) in address 001002(8) 01000 01001 I PARAM. >01002 ) HEX HEX 00 60 HEX 03 Note: If 00(H) is set to parameter address 001002(8), the JW-20RS automatically register I/O at inputting power. If the power is reinput when an I/O module is faulty, the I/O address will automatically be registered. If the I/O module is faulty, reinput of power may register wrong I/O address. In this case use this function to prohibit wrong registration. 8·27 "Only when using JW model I/O module" ⑦ Set maximum rack and slot numbers [HEX (hexadecimal), bytes] (Applied to item ⑦ on pages 8·20 to 22) · Set maximum rack and slot numbers in parameter address 001000(8) and shorten I/O processing time. · If this is left 00(H) (default value), the JW-20RS processes from rack No. 1 and slot number F so that it takes approximately 8 ms. · Set rack number in upper 4 bits and slot number in lower 4 bits. 7 001000(8) 6 5 Rack No. 4 3 2 1 0 Slot No. · Maximum amount of usable racks is 2 and a rack having slave module JW-20RS is rack No. 0. Even the rack panel JW-13BU is used, number of slots will be up to "C." Slot number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C Rack 1 Slot number 8 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C Rack 0 Slave module (JW-20RS) Ex.: Set the configuration in page 8·25 (rack No. 0 and slot No. 6) using the JW-13PG. Screen display of JW-13PG Display contents of address 001000(8) (Write 06(H)) 8·28 00776 00777 I PARAM. >01000 HEX HEX 00 00 HEX 06 "Only when using JW model I/O module" ⑧ Setting remote I/O top address [OCT (octal), word] (Applied to item ⑧ on pages 8·20 to 22) · In order to light a search module (SU) lamp, set remote I/O top address of each slave station which are allocated in the master station using file address into parameter address 001004 and 001005(8). Display on the JW-13PG 001000(8) Lower bits 001000(8) Upper bits 01000 01002 I PARAM. >01004 0 0 000006 000003 0 000200 (When to set file address 000200(ｺ0200) using the JW-13PG) Display contents of address 00104(8) ( Word display ) (Octal) Write file address 000200(8) Remarks · Though input output relays, auxiliary relays etc. of the PC are allocated their byte addresses for each item, allocate the file address which are allocated throughout the memory register range. File address 000000 Byte address ｺ0000 Input/output relays 000377 000400 Auxiliary relay 000677 000700 000777 001000 Latch relay ｺ0377 ｺ0400 ｺ0677 ｺ0700 ｺ0777 ｺ1000 8 General purpose relay ｺ1577 001577 [Operation method of I/O search (slave station): In case of JW-13PG] Connect the JW-13PG to the slave module JW-20RS in which an I/O shall be searched. · Assign byte address シフト SHIFT Ｄ ３ Select I/O search mode Ｂ Ａ 1 ０ ， Set byte address in octal ＳＥＴ ８ RESET Select byte address assignment ９ (Light) Continous search (Light OFF) · Assign rack number and slot number シフト SHIFT Ｄ ３ Select I/O search mode Ｂ Ｂ 1 1 Set rack number in octal Select rack and slot No. assignment ， Set slot number in hexadecimal ＳＥＴ ８ RESET ９ 8·29 (Light) ， Continous search (Light OFF) ， ， (4) Parameter setting of master module (JW-20CM) Set the following parameter address after setting switch. Setting item varies with using PC (JW model or ZW model). O: Necessity for setting Item Set remote I/O operation mode Set number of connected slave stations Set remote I/O top address Enter the remote I/O top address of slave station 02 to 77 Enter the number of slave I/O points Enter the number of I/O bytes for each slave station Set blank between stations 8 Enter I/O type for each slave station Enter the data register address of the special I/O mode Set top address of flag area Writing to the EEPROM, start operation/stop setting Initial value (H) Setting contents 000000 000001 Address (8) 000002 000003 000004 to 000177 000200 000201 to 000277 000301 to 000376 000400 to 000407 000600 to 000777 003764 to 003767 003777 JW-PC ZW-PC Fixed Manual Fixed Manual See page 00 001(8): Fixed allocation, asynchronous, error mode 1 002(8): Fixed allocation, asynchronous, error mode 2 004(8): Fixed allocation, synchronous, error mode 0 005(8): Fixed allocation, synchronous, error mode 1 006(8): Fixed allocation, synchronous, error mode 2 011(8): Manual allocation, asynchronous, error mode 1 012(8): Manual allocation, asynchronous, error mode 2 014(8): Manual allocation, synchronous, error mode 0 015(8): Manual allocation, synchronous, error mode 1 016(8): Manual allocation, synchronous, error mode 2 ○ ○ ○ ○ 8· 34 00 Set number of connected modules by decimal notation (01 to 63) ○ ○ ○ ○ 8· 35 00 Set file address by octal notation ○ ○ ○ ○ 8· 35 00 Enter the file address by octal notation − ○ − ○ 8· 40 00 00(H): 64 points (8 bytes), number of slave station; 63 01(H): 128 points (16 bytes), number of slave station; 32 ○ − ○ − 8· 38 00 Enter the number of bytes of each slave station in decimal notation (0 to 128) − ○ − ○ 8· 42 00 Enter the number of blank bytes between stations in decimal notation (0 to 255) ○ − ○ − 8· 39 Set each station in bit unit 0: ZW model I/O module 1: JW model I/O module Set using 4 bytes per module (Set slave station number, rack number, slot number, number of data bytes, and register top address.) ○ ○ − − 8· 43 ○ ※ ○ ※ − − 8· 44 00 Set file address with octal notation. ○ ○ ○ ○ 8· 36 01 00(H) : Stop remote I/O operation 01(H) : Start remote I/O operation 80(H) : Writing to the EEPROM, stop operation 81(H) : Writing to the EEPROM, start operation 08(H) : Initialize the parameter ○ ○ ○ ○ 8· 37 FF 00 · If a special I/O module is not set in a slave station, the setting is not required. 8·30 In brackets: See page Operation procedure Turn ON the power switch on the master station PC Connnect support tools Stop PC operation Stop operation of the remote I/Os (parameter address 003777(8) = 00(H)) Set the operation mode of the remote I/Os Set the number of slave stations connected When using fixed allocation mode 1 When using manual allocation mode 2 Set the remote I/O top address [8·35] 3 Set the number of slave station I/O points 4 Set the blanks between stations [8·38] [8·39] Set the top address of remote I/O slave station 01 [8·35] 5 Set the top address of remote I/O slave station 02 to 77 [8·40] 6 Set the number of I/O bytes for each slave station [8·42] (If the master station PC is a JW model) When the master station PC is a ZW model Set the I/O model type for each slave station [8·43] Set the area for special I/O data registers [8·44] Set the top flag address [8·36] Write to EEPROM, start operation (parameter address 00377(8) = 81(H)) PC operation [8·37] [8·37] End Steps 1 to 8 correspond to the steps on pages 8·38 to 8·44. 8·31 8 Parameter setting range · When fixed allocation is used, set parameter within the range shown below: ｺ0000 Number of slave stations (1 ≦ n ≦ 32 or 63) Remote I/O top address Number of slave station I/O points (fixed to 64 points or 128 points) B1 to Bn : Blank between stations 1 to n : A: N: A 1 N B1 2 N B2 • • • N ｺ1577 (Setting of JW model special I/O module) 0 to 128 bytes in total per remote slave station 0 to 512 bytes in total of all stations Data register Number of modules 8 Up to 8 modules per remote slave station Up to 32 modules in total of all stations · When the manual allocation is used, set parameter within the range shown below: 1 to n : Number of slave stations (1 ≦ n ≦ 63) A1 to An : Remote I/O top address N1 to Nn : Number of slave station I/O bytes (0 ≦ Nn ≦ 128) N1 + N2 + · · · + Nn ≦ 512 ｺ0000 A1 1 N 2 N A2 • • A1 ≦ A2 ≦ · · · ≦ An • An Nn ｺ1577 (Setting of JW model special I/O module) Data register Number of modules 0 to 128 bytes in total per remote slave station 0 to 512 bytes in total of all stations Up to 8 modules per remote slave station Up to 32 modules in total of all stations 8·32 Turn “ON” the power of master module Connect support tools · Connect a support tool with the JW-20CM master module and prepare the setting parameter. JW-13PG/12PG JW-50SP JW-50PG, Z-100LP2S · For operation of each support tool, see the instruction manual attached. The following describes an example of JW-13PG’s key operation. Stop PC operation · Turn to program mode (stop PC operation). Setting of parameters is only available when the PC is in program mode. (Operation example of JW-13PG) Stop PC operation Select parameter setting mode. （ ） Parameter setting Select initial mode Stop operation of remote I/O [HEX (hexadecimal), byte] · Setting of the parameter is only available when the operation of the JW-20CM is stopped. · Write “00(H)” to parameter address 007777(8) and stop operation of the JW-20CM. (Operation example of JW-13PG) Screen display of JW-13PG Display the contents of parameter address 003777 by hexadecimal. Reference • （ ） Write 00(H). 03775 03776 I PARAM. >03777 HEX HEX 00 00 HEX 00 Function of JW-13PG key: Changeover unit of figures →HEX (hexadecimal) → OCT (octal) → DCM (decimal) →Bit pattern • key: Byte display ←→ Changeover word display To the next page 8·33 8 From the previous page Set remote I/O operation mode [OCT (octal, word)] · Set operation method of the remote I/O into parameter address 000000(8). Operation method Set value(8) 001 002 004 005 006 011 012 014 015 016 8 Operation when a slave station error occurs • Remote I/O operation (communication) stops. • The PC continues operation. (Mode 1) • Only normal slave stations will continue operation (communication). • The PC continues operation. (Mode 2) • Remote I/O operation (communication) stops. • The PC also stops operation. (Mode 0) • Remote I/O operation (communication) stops. • The PC continues operation. (Mode 1) • Only normal slave stations will continue operation (communication). • The PC continues operation. (Mode 2) • Remote I/O operation (communication) stops. • The PC continues operation. (Mode 1) • Only normal slave stations will continue operation (communication). • The PC continues operation. (Mode 2) • Remote I/O operation (communication) stops. • The PC also stops operation. (Mode 0) • Remote I/O operation (communication) stops. • The PC continues operation. (Mode 1) • Only normal slave stations will continue operation (communication). • The PC continues operation. (Mode 2) Communication method Allocation of I/O address Asynchronous Fixed allocation Synchronous Asynchronous Manual allocation Synchronous · Concerning the contents of "synchronous" and "asynchronous" communications, see page 8·4 "Communication timing." Set "slave station operation at error: mode 0" and "communication method: synchronous" and "address allocation: manual" Screen display of JW-13PG （ Display the contents of 000000(8) ） （ After converting to octal notation, write it at 014(8). 17776 17777 I PARAM. >00000 ） To the next page 8·34 OCT OCT 000 000 OCT 014 From the previous page Set number of connected slave stations [DCM (decimal), byte] · Set number of connected remote I/O slave stations into parameter address 000001(8). · Maximum number of connectable slave stations varies with setting value of I/O points per slave station. Number of I/O points Number of connected modules 64 points/station 0 to 63(D) 128 points/station 0 to 32(D) Initial value: 00(H) (When to set 10(D) using the JW-13PG) Write setting value 10(D) in address 000001(8) after converted into decimal notation. Screen display of JW-13PG 17777 00000 I PARAM. >00001 DCM DCM 000 012 DCM 010 "Only when using fixed allocation mode" ① Set remote I/O top address [OCT (octal, word)] "Only when using manual allocation mode" ② Set remote I/O top address of slave station 01 [OCT (octal), word] 8 · Set remote I/O top address to parameter address 000002 and 000003(8) with file address (see page 8·32 and 13·20). (slave station 01 when free allocation is selected.). 000002(8) Lower bits 000003(8) Upper bits Initial value: 00(H) (In case of setting file address 000200(ｺ0200) using the JW-13PG) Screen display of JW-13PG ( Word display ) After converting into octal notation, write in file address 000200(8). 17776 00000 I PARAM. >00002 0 0 000000 005014 0 000200 · Set step ③ to ⑧ starting from page 8·38 with cases of fixed/manual allocation and ZW or JW series PC. To the next page · Steps ① to ⑧ above correspond to each step in operation procedures in page 8·31. 8·35 From the previous page OCT (octal), word MET (hexadecimal), byte Set top address of flag area · Set the top address of the flag area (8 bytes) in order to monitor the communication condition and PC operation condition on the parameter address 003764 to 003767(8). · Flag area uses 8 bytes regardless number of connecting stations. 003764(8) Lower 003765(8) 003766(8) Upper File number Initial value: 00(H) for all addresses 003767(8) D7 Output flag : ON Do not output flag : OFF Remarks · The PC's input/output relays, auxiliary relays, registers etc. are all allocated individual byte addresses for each item. However, the JW-20CM can assign these addresses with file addressees allocated throughout the memory. ｺ00677 ｺ00700 ｺ00777 ｺ01000 General purpose relay 001577 001600 001777 002000 JW model PCs Latch relay 09777 19000 004777 005000 ZW model PCs 8 000677 000700 000777 001000 Auxiliary relay Register ｺ00377 ｺ00400 Register 005777 006000 19777 29000 015777 99777 JW model PCs I/O relay 000377 000400 ZW model PCs Byte address 09000 File address 004000 Byte address ｺ0000 File address ｺ01577 TMR/CNT time limited contact b0000 TMR/CNT/MD current value 003777 b17777 · The usable file numbers will vary with the memory module that is installed on the PC. Name of memory module Usable file numbers ZW-1MA, JW-1MAH 0 or 1※ ZW-2MA, JW-2MAH 0 or 1 ZW-3MA, JW-3MAH 0, 1, 2 ZW-4MA, JW-4MAH 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ※ If file number is 1, file address shall be within 000000 to 037777(8). (See page 13·20 and 21 for other cases.) (In case of setting file address 000700 (ｺ0700) using the JW-13PG) Write in file address 003764(8). ( Word display ) Write in file address 000700(8). Screen display of JW-13PG (Byte display) After converting into byte display to 003766 (8), write in file number 0 in hexadecimal notation. Write (80(H)) to output to a flag in 003767(8) To the next page 8·36 03765 03766 I PARAM. >03767 HEX HEX 01 00 HEX 80 From the previous page Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, start operation [HEX (hexadecimal), byte] · Write “81(H)” into parameter address 003777(8) and write the set parameter contents into the EEPROM of the JW-20CM. Then start the remote I/O operate. · After starting operation, the setting value changes to “01(H).” Setting value (H) 0 0(H) 01 Contents Stop operation of the remote I/O (initial value) · Calculate BCC of parameter addresses 000000 to 003775(8). When normal, the remote I/O will start operation. When abnormal, the module will output error code BE(H). 8 0(H) ① Check the parameter contents When normal, the module calculates BCC and writes the check sum value into address 003776(8). When abnormal, it outputs a BF(H) error code. ② Changes the value to 00(H) (stops the operation of the remote I/O), and writes it into the EEPROM. If a write error to the EEPROM occurs, it outputs a 30(H) error code and keeps the value set to 80(H). Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, start operation 8 1(H) ① Check the parameter contents When normal, the module calculates BCC and writes the check sum value into address 003776(8). When abnormal, it outputs a BF(H) error code. ② Changes the value to 01(H) (starts the operation of the remote I/O), and writes it into the EEPROM. If a write error to the EEPROM occurs, it outputs a 30(H) error code and keeps the value set to 81(H). Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, start operation 08 8 Initialize setting values of parameter addresses 000000 to 003777(8) (Operation example of JW-13PG) Display the contents of address 003777(8) Screen display of JW-13PG Write 81(H) 03775 03776 I PARAM. >03777 PC operation Turning a master station PC to monitor or change mode (PC operation). (Operation example of JW-13PG) Monitor mode Change mode 8·37 HEX HEX 00 00 HEX 01 "Only when using fixed allocation" ③ Enter the number of slave station I/O points [HEX (hexadecimal), bytes] (Applied to item ③ on pages 8·31 and 8·35) · Store the number of I/O points per slave station at parameter address 000200(8). · The number of slave stations that can be connected varies with the setting for the number of I/O points per slave station. Set value Number of I/O points Number of modules that can be connected. 00(H) 64 points/station 0 to 63(D) 01(H) 128 points/station 0 to 32(D) Initial value: 00(H) · Allocates the number of I/O points per slave station as 64 points per unit or 128 points per unit, starting from the top address set by the procedure on the previous page. Ex.: When a remote I/O's top address is ｺ0200 and the number of slave station I/O points is 64. ｺ0200 (64 points) Slave station 01 (64 points) Slave station 02 (64 points) Slave station 03 (64 points) Slave station 04 ← Remote I/O top address ｺ0210 ｺ0220 ｺ0230 ｺ0240 (When set for 64 points per station using the JW-13PG) Screen display of JW-13PG 8 Display the contents of address 000200(8) 00176 00177 I PARAM. >00200 Write 00(H) 8·38 HEX HEX 00 00 HEX 00 "Only when using fixed allocation" ④ Set blanks between stations [DCM (decimal), bytes] (Applied to item ④ on pages 8·31 and 8·35) · Enter the number of blank bytes for each slave station at parameter addresses 000301 to 000376(8). · Enter only the number of blank stations needed using 0 to 255(D) bytes. Address(8) Stations(8) Address(8) Stations(8) Address(8) Stations(8) Address(8) Stations(8) - - 000320 20 to 21 000340 40 to 41 000360 60 to 61 000301 1 to 2 000321 21 to 22 000341 41 to 42 000361 61 to 62 000302 2 to 3 000322 22 to 23 000342 42 to 43 000362 62 to 63 000303 3 to 4 000323 23 to 24 000343 43 to 44 000363 63 to 64 000304 4 to 5 000324 24 to 25 000344 44 to 45 000364 64 to 65 000305 5 to 6 000325 25 to 26 000345 45 to 46 000365 65 to 66 000306 6 to 7 000326 26 to 27 000346 46 to 47 000366 66 to 67 000307 7 to 10 000327 27 to 30 000347 47 to 50 000367 67 to 70 000310 10 to 11 000330 30 to 31 000350 50 to 51 000370 70 to 71 000311 11 to 12 000331 31 to 32 000351 51 to 52 000371 71 to 72 000312 12 to 13 000332 32 to 33 000352 52 to 53 000372 72 to 73 000313 13 to 14 000333 33 to 34 000353 53 to 54 000373 73 to 74 000314 14 to 15 000334 34 to 35 000354 54 to 55 000374 74 to 75 000315 15 to 16 000335 35 to 36 000355 55 to 56 000375 75 to 76 000316 16 to 17 000336 36 to 37 000356 56 to 57 000376 76 to 77 000317 17 to 20 000337 37 to 40 000357 57 to 60 - - Initial value: 00(H) in all addresses Ex.: In case of setting as blanks in slave stations 2 to 3 to prevent double use of the 8 bytes in the special relay area (ｺ0730 to ｺ0737) ｺ0710 Slave station 01 Slave station 02 Blank Slave station 03 ← Remote I/O top address ｺ0720 ｺ0730 Special relay area ｺ0740 ｺ0750 Screen display of JW-13PG Display the contents of address 000302(8) After converting to decimal notation, write it at 8(D). 8·39 00300 00301 I PARAM. >00302 DCM DCM 000 000 DCM 008 8 "Only when using manual allocation" ⑤ Enter the I/O top addresses of slave stations 02 to 77 [OCT (octal), words] (Applied to item ⑤ on pages 8·31 and 8·35) · Enter the remote I/O top address for each slave station at parameter addresses 000004 to 000177(8), using file addresses. · "Single address" or "continuous address" can be selected by setting the upper bit (D7) in the 2nd byte. 000004(8) Lower bit 000005(8) Upper bit → 8 ON : Single address (enter only the slave station) OFF : Continuous address (continue from the previous slave station. It is not possible to change the address value.) (8) Slave station number(8) - - 000004 000005 000006 000007 000010 000011 000012 000013 000014 000015 000016 000017 000020 000021 000022 000023 000024 000025 000026 000027 000030 000031 000032 000033 000034 000035 000036 000037 - Address Initial value: 00(H) in all addresses 02 03 04 05 06 07 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Address (8) 000040 000041 000042 000043 000044 000045 000046 000047 000050 000051 000052 000053 000054 000055 000056 000057 000060 000061 000062 000063 000064 000065 000066 000067 000070 000071 000072 000073 000074 000075 000076 000077 Slave station number(8) 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Address (8) Slave station number(8) 000100 000101 000102 000103 000104 000105 000106 000107 000110 000111 000112 000113 000114 000115 000116 000117 000120 000121 000122 000123 000124 000125 000126 000127 000130 000131 000132 000133 000134 000135 000136 000137 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 Address (8) 000140 000141 000142 000143 000144 000145 000146 000147 000150 000151 000152 000153 000154 000155 000156 000157 000160 000161 000162 000163 000164 000165 000166 000167 000170 000171 000172 000173 000174 000175 000176 000177 Slave station number(8) 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 Ex. Enter a single file address 001000 (ｺ100) at the remote I/O top address on slave station 02 using the JW-13PG. Screen display of JW-13PG Turn ON ( the D bit ) 7 00000 00002 I PARAM. >00004 File address 8·40 0 0 005014 000200 0 101000 [Single address and continuous address] · If a slave station's I/O area is not linked to the previous slave station's I/O area, this slave station should be set as a "single address slave station ." ｺ0200 ｺ0217 Slave station 1 ｝ 128 points Need to set address ｺ0240 · If a slave station's I/O area is linked to the previous slave station's I/O area, you do not have to set the address this slave station if "continuous address" is selected (turn OFF the D7 bit in the address's upper byte). Slave station 2 ｝ Slave station 1 ｝ ｝ 128 points ｺ0200 ｺ0217 ｺ0220 ｺ0237 Slave station 2 128 points Select the "continuous address" setting (You do not need to set 128 points addresses for each I/O area.) · If "continuous address" is selected, the address changes in the previous slave station (the top I/ O address in slave station 1 in the example above) will automatically changes the addresses of the linked slave stations accordingly. If you want to disable automatic address changes, select the "single address" mode, even if the slave station address is in a continuous series with the previous slave station addresses. Then enter the address of the slave station manually. 8·41 8 "Only when using manual allocation " ⑥ Enter the number of I/O bytes for each slave station [DCM (decimal), byte] (Applied to item ⑥ on pages 8·31 and 8·35) · Enter the number of I/O bytes per slave station at parameter addresses 000201 to 000277(8). · Enter the number of I/O bytes per slave station (1 to 128 bytes) in decimal notation. Entering a value greater than 128 is treated as an error. Slave station number(8) Address (8) Slave station number(8) Address (8) Slave station number(8) Address (8) (8) Slave station number(8) - - 000220 20 000240 40 000260 60 000201 01 000221 21 000241 41 000261 61 000202 02 000222 22 000242 42 000262 62 000203 03 000223 23 000243 43 000263 63 000204 04 000224 24 000244 44 000264 64 000205 05 000225 25 000245 45 000265 65 000206 06 000226 26 000246 46 000266 66 000207 07 000227 27 000247 47 000267 67 000210 10 000230 30 000250 50 000270 70 000211 11 000231 31 000251 51 000271 71 000212 12 000232 32 000252 52 000272 72 000213 13 000233 33 000253 53 000273 73 000214 14 000234 34 000254 54 000274 74 000215 15 000235 35 000255 55 000275 75 000216 16 000236 36 000256 56 000276 76 000217 17 000237 37 000257 57 000277 77 Address 8 Initial value: 00(H) in all addresses Ex. Assign 8 bytes (64 points) to slave station 01 and 10 bytes (80 points) to slave station 02 using the JW-13PG. Display the contents of address 000201(8) ( After converting into decimal notation, write the result in 8(D). ) Screen display of JW-13PG Write 10(D) at address 000202(8). 00200 00201 I PARAM. >00202 DCM DCM 000 008 DCM 010 8·42 "Only when the master station is a JW model" ⑦ Enter the I/O type for each slave station [Bit pattern, bytes] (Applied to item ⑦ on pages 8·31 and 8·35) · Declare whether the I/O module installed in each slave station (01 to 77(8)) is a "JW model" or a "ZW model" at parameter address 000400 to 000407(8). · Set the bit corresponding each slave station to 0 (OFF) if it is a ZW model, or 1 (ON) if it is a JW model. Set value Enter the value of the I/O type 0 (OFF) ZW model 1 (ON) JW model Parameter addresses(8) Corresponding to the slave station number(8) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 000400 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 - 000401 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 000402 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 000403 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 000404 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 000405 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 000406 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 000407 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 Initial value: FF(H) in all addresses Ex. Make slave station 07 a "ZW model" and all the other slave stations JW models, using the JW-13PG. Display the contents of address 000400(8) Write a 0 in bit 7 (slave station 07) after converting to bit pattern Screen display of JW-13PG 00376 □□□□□□□□ 00377 □□□□□□□□ I PARAM. >00400 □■■■■■■■ 8·43 8 "Only when the master station PC is a JW model and a JW model special I/O module is used as a slave station" ⑧ Enter the data register address Station number: OCT (octal), bytes of the special I/O module Rack and slot numbers: HEX (hexadecimal), bytes (Applied to item ⑧ on pages Number of data bytes: DCM (decimal), bytes 8·31 and 8·35) Register top address: OCT (octal), bytes · Since the special I/O module uses an I/O relay area and a data memory area, you have to enter slave station numbers, rack/slot numbers, the number of data bytes, and the top register addresses of the slave station which contains the special I/O module at parameter address 000600 to 000777(8). · Use 4 bytes of memory to assign one special I/O module. Parameter address (8) Set contents 000600 Slave station number (00 to 77(8)) 000601 Upper 4 bits: Rack number (0 or 1) Lower 4 bits: Slot number (00 to 0F(H)) 000602 Number of data bytes (01 to 64(D)) 000603 Top register address (file address) D7 bit: 1 for set, 0 for not set. to 8 Special I/O number to No.1 to 000774 Slave station number (00 to 77(8)) 000775 Upper 4 bits: Rack number (0 or 1) Lower 4 bits: Slot number (00 to 0F(H)) 000776 Number of data bytes (01 to 64(D)) 000777 Top register address (file address) D7 bit: 1 for set, 0 for not set. No.32 Initial value: 00(H) in all addresses ■ Number of data bytes Enter the number of bytes that the special I/O module uses for data exchange. A maximum of 128 bytes can be assigned per station. A maximum of 512 byes can be assigned to all stations. Special I/O module model name Number of data bytes JW-8AD (analog input) 36 bytes JW-2DA (analog output) 8 bytes JW-2HC (high speed counter) 8 bytes JW-31LM (I/O link master station) JW-11DU/12DU (ID control module) 2 to 6 bytes 64 bytes max. JW-12PM (positioning module) 16 bytes 8·44 ■ Top register address Enter top address of each special I/O module, which can be allocated up to 64 points per unit, at file addresses 000000 to 017700(8). Bit contents of the parameter address 000603(8) etc. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 4th digit 3rd digit 0 0 2nd digit 1st digit 5th digit 1: Enter top register address 0: Do not enter top register address Lower 2 digits are always 00. Ex.: Set a JW-2DA (8 data bytes and a top register address of 490000) installed in "slave station number 01," "rack number 0," "slot number 2" and assigned as No. 1 (1st module) using the JW-13PG. Remote I/O master station Slave station 01 Slave station 02 Slave station 03 JW-2DA After converting into octal notation, write station number 01(8) Display the contents of address 000600(8) 8 Write rack number 0 and slot number 2 at parameter address 000601(8). After converting it into decimal notation at parameter address 000602(8), write the number of bytes 8. Screen display of JW-13PG 00601 00602 I PARAM. >00603 After converting the number into octal notation at parameter address 000603(8), write it at 300(8). 3 Parameter address 000603(8) 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Set 0 0 0 0 File address 10000(8) = Register address 49000 8·45 OCT OCT 003 010 OCT 300 8-4 Error and treatment Operation status of the JW-20CM can be check by indication lamps, flags, or system memory. (1) Indication lamp ① JW-20CM JW–20CM COMM○ SD○ RD○ CD○ LT○ TEST○ ERROR○ FAULT○ ○S0 ○S1 ○S2 ○S3 ○S4 ○S5 ○S6 ○S7 Indication lamp 8 Name COMM Operation Recovery Lights while the remote I/O is operating -------------------------------------------------- SD Flickers while sending data -------------------------------------------------- RD Flickers while receiving data -------------------------------------------------- CD Flickers while detecting a carrier -------------------------------------------------- LT Lights when the termination resistance switches turned ON -------------------------------------------------- Lights while testing -------------------------------------------------- TEST ERROR · Check disconnection of communication cable Lights while an error is detected (Indicate · Check settings of switches · Check settings of parameter error code by S0 to S7 LEDs) · Check power supply voltage. FAULT Lights when the watchdog timer is time up (JW-20CM is faulty) Replace the JW-20CM Indicates error codes by hexadecimal when an error is occurred See the next page S0 to S7 8·46 (Error code) Error LED name code Cause S0 S7 6 5 4 3 2 1 (HEX) ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● 01(H) ROM error, upper CPU ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ 02(H) RAM error, upper CPU Measure ○○ ○ ○ ○○ ●● ○○ ○ ○ ○● ○○ Replace the JW-20CM 03(H) 2 port RAM error against PC, upper CPU 2 port RAM error against communication CPU, upper CPU 04(H) ○○ ○ ● ○○ ○● ○○ ○ ● ○○ ●○ 11(H) ROM error, communication CPU 12(H) RAM error, communication CPU ○○ ○ ● ●○ ○○ ○○ ○ ● ●● ●● 18(H) Communication LSI error, communication CPU 1F(H) No response, communication CPU • Check the communication cable • Check for doubled allocation of slave station number • Replace the JW-20CM ○○ ● ○ ○○ ○○ ○○ ● ○ ○○ ○● 20(H) More than one token detected 21(H) Doubled address detected Check the parameter setting and switch setting. ○○ ● ○ ○○ ●○ ○○ ● ○ ○○ ●● 22(H) Fault of sending section • Replace the JW-20CM Token does not return within the rated interval • Check the communication cable 23(H) ○○ ● ○ ●○ ●○ 2A(H) ○○ ● ○ ●○ ●● ○○ ● ○ ●● ○○ 2B(H) Flame length error • Occurs because of a media execution cable error or noise from outside. 2C(H) Media error ○○ ● ● ○○ ○○ 30(H) EEPROM error ●○ ● ● ●● ●○ ●○ ● ● ●● ●● BE(H) BCC error BF(H) Parameter setting error Overflow of receiving buffer. Occurs when the upper CPU processing is delayed. Check the communication Check the communication cable Replace the JW-20CM Check the parameter contents. C1(H) Communication error ●● ○ ○ ○○ ○● ※ to ●● ● ● ●● ●● Check the communication • After converting into octal, the lower two digits represent the slave station number of the current cable and slave module ※ FF(H) error. (Ex. 01(H) = 301(8) = slave station 01) to ● : ON, ○ : OFF Remarks • Error codes “23” and “2A(H)” may occur when applying power. This is not an error. • To check the communication cable, remove both connectors and short the connector terminals at one end. Then measure the conductivity using a tester. • Check the parameter and switch settings for all stations. If the settings are correct, replace the JW-20CM or JW-20RS. 8·47 8 ② JW-20RS JW–20RS COMM○ SD○ RD○ CD○ LT○ TEST○ ERROR○ FAULT○ ○S0 ○S1 ○S2 ○S3 ○S4 ○S5 ○S6 ○S7 Indication lamp Name 8 COMM Operation Recovery Lights while the remote I/O is operating -------------------------------------------------- SD Flickers while sending data -------------------------------------------------- RD Flickers while receiving data -------------------------------------------------- CD Flickers while detecting a carrier -------------------------------------------------- LT Lights when the termination resistance switches turned ON -------------------------------------------------- Lights while testing -------------------------------------------------- TEST ERROR · Check disconnection of communication cable Lights while an error is detected (Indicate · Check settings of switches error code by S0 to S7 LEDs) · Check settings of parameter · Check power supply voltage. FAULT Lights when the watchdog timer is time up (JW-20RS is faulty) Replace the JW-20RS Indicates error codes by hexadecimal when an error is occurred See the next page S0 to S7 8·48 (Error code) LED name S7 6 5 4 3 2 1 S0 Error code (HEX) ○○ ○ ○ ○○ ○● 01(H) ROM error, upper CPU ○○ ○ ○ ○○ ●○ 02(H) RAM error, upper CPU ○○ ○ ○ ○○ ●● 03(H) 2 port RAM error against PC, upper CPU Cause Measure Replace the JW-20RS 2 port RAM error against communication CPU, upper CPU ○○ ○ ○ ○● ○○ 04(H) ○○ ○ ● ○○ ○● 11(H) ROM error, communication CPU ○○ ○ ● ○○ ●● 13(H) RAM error, communication CPU 18(H) Communication LSI error, communication CPU ○○ ● ○ ○○ ○● 20(H) More than one token detected 21(H) Doubled address detected • Check the communication cable • Check for doubled allocation of slave station number • Replace the JW-20RS ○○ ● ○ ○○ ●○ 22(H) Fault of sending section Replace the JW-20RS ○○ ● ○ ○○ ●● 23(H) Token does not return within the rated interval ○○ ● ○ ●○ ●○ 2A(H) ○○ ● ○ ●○ ●● ○○ ● ○ ●● ○○ 2B(H) Flame length error • Occurs because of a media execution cable 2C(H) Media error error or noise from outside. ○○ ● ○ ●● ●○ 2E(H) ○○ ● ● ○○ ○○ 30(H) EEPROM error ●○ ○ ● ●● ●○ ●○ ○ ○ ○○ ○● 90(H) I/O bus error 91(H) I/O signal error ●○ ○ ● ○○ ●○ 92(H) Mismatch number of I/O points ○○ ○ ● ●○ ○○ ○○ ● ○ ○○ ○○ • Check the communication cable • Replace the JW-20RS Overflow of receiving buffer. Occurs when the upper CPU processing is delayed. Check the communication Synchronization between master and slave • Reinput the power station is deviated ●○ ○ ● ○○ ●● 93(H) Interrupted data from master station ●○ ○ ● ○● ○○ 94(H) Defected power failure at I/O processing • Decrease load of slave station • Check the communication cable • Replace the JW-20RS • Check I/O module, option cables 8 Check the communication cable and master module Check power supply Check master station PC, ●○ ○ ● ○● ○● 95(H) Master station PC error • master module, or communication cable ●○ ○ ● ●● ●○ 9E(H) BCC error ●○ ○ ● ●● ●● 9F(H) Parameter setting error Check parameter contents ● : ON, ○ : OFF Remarks • Error codes “23” and “2A(H)” may occur when applying power. This is not an error. • To check the communication cable, remove both connectors and short the connector terminals at one end. Then measure the conductivity using a tester. • Check the parameter and switch settings for all stations. If the settings are correct, replace the JW-20CM or JW-20RS. 8·49 (I/O error code of JW model) LED name 80 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 Error code (HEX) ● ○ ○ ● ○ ● ● ● 97(H) Cause Measure I/O table error Register I/O table Replace the JW-20RS ● ○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○ 98(H) Input data parity error Replace basic rack panel, ● ○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ● 99(H) Output data error extension cable, I/O ● ○ ○ ● ● ○ ● ○ 9A(H) I/O table registration error module, or register I/O ● ○ ○ ● ● ○ ● ● 9B(H) Special I/O module error ● ○ ○ ● ● ● ○ ○ 9C(H) Blown fuse table. Replace the fuse • When error numbers 98 through 9C(H) occur, the module will store “rack No.” and “slot No.” in the parameter address 005000(8) in the JW-20RS. Parameter address D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 005000(8) Rack No. Slot No. When more than one module has and error, the lowest “rack No.” and “slot No.” will be stored. • A special I/O module error (9B(H)) can be detected by the JW-2DA/8AD/11DU/12DU/12PM. When the JW-2DA/12PM detects this error, you can also assume that there is a problem in the 24 V power supply. • A fuse blown error (9C(H)) can be detected by JW-12S/13S/32S/33S/35S. If the error cannot be eliminated after replacing the module in which the error occurred, check the modules in the JW-20RS and then in the rack panel. 8 ③ PC body and JW-20CM, JW-20RS The operating status of the remote master station and slave stations will vary according to the operation, stop, error, and power failure conditions in the PC as follows. For output hold switch in detail, see page 8·15 ●: Light ON, ×: Blinks, No mark: Lights OFF PC body operational condition Power supply module Indicator Halt Power output lamp Operating Error HALT POWER RUN FAULT Operating at normal Close Stop at normal Open Error Open Remote master Open station error PC body operational condition PC body System memory #170 to COMM SD RD CD ERROR TEST FAULT S0 to S7 #177 Flag relay ● ● ON ON Not fixed ● ● Not fixed ● ● ● × Power supply module Halt Power output lamp HALT POWER Operating at normal Close Open Stop at normal Open Error Remote master Open station error PC power in OFF Open JW-20CM Indication lamps Hold Hold Hold ● × × × ● × × × ● × × × Hold ● JW-20RS Indication lamps Output hold switch “HOLD” Output hold switch COMM SD RD CD ERROR TEST FAULT S0 to S7 “RST” ● − Reset Reset ● Reset ● Reset ● ● Condition of output module − Hold Reset ● ● ● × × × ● ※ × × × ● ● Error code Reset Not fixed ● ● Error code Reset Not Fixed ● ● Error code × × × ※ When the JW-20RS fault lamp is lit and no error code is displayed, it might be the case that the PC has stopped operation (in the program mode). 8·50 (2) Flag Flag area is 8 bytes from the “flag top address” set in the master station JW-20CM parameter, monitor communication condition. Example: In this case the flag top address is file address 000740(8) (ｺ0740) Ｄ７ Ｄ６ Ｄ５ Ｄ４ Ｄ３ Ｄ２ Ｄ１ Ｄ０ ｺ0740 ０７ ０６ ０５ ０４ ０３ ０２ ０１ ｺ0741 １７ １６ １５ １４ １３ １２ １１ １０ ｺ0742 ２７ ２６ ２５ ２４ ２３ ２２ ２１ ２０ ｺ0743 ３７ ３６ ３５ ３４ ３３ ３２ ３１ ３０ ｺ0744 ４７ ４６ ４５ ４４ ４３ ４２ ４１ ４０ ｺ0745 ５７ ５６ ５５ ５４ ５３ ５２ ５１ ５０ ｺ0746 ６７ ６６ ６５ ６４ ６３ ６２ ６１ ６０ ｺ0747 ７７ ７６ ７５ ７４ ７３ ７２ ７１ ７０ All stations communication ▲ Communication condition with slave station 10(8) ▲ ▲ Communication condition with slave station 77(8) Communication condition with slave station 70(8) ① All stations communication flag When the master module JW-20CM is communicating normally with the preset number of slave stations, this flag will be ON. 07400 All stations normal communication All stations communication ② Individual communication flag The flags corresponding to the slave stations, which are communicating normally with the master module JW-20CM will be ON. 07477 Slave station 77(8) normal communication Slave station 77(8) 8·51 8 (3) Error code When an error occurs in the JW-20CM, it stores the occurred error’s code to system memory #170 of each station’s PC. Error code (HEX) Error code stored to system memory Cause #160 01 ROM error, upper CPU 02 RAM error, upper CPU 03 2 port RAM error against PC, upper CPU 04 2 port RAM error against #170 Measure Replace the JW-20CM 53(H) communication CPU, upper CPU 11 12 RAM error, communication CPU 18 Communication LSI error, communication CPU 1F No response 20 More than one token detected 21 Doubled address detected 22 Fault of sending section 23 Token does not return within the rated interval 2A 8 Occurs when the upper CPU processing is delayed. Flame length error 2C Media error 30 EEPROM error BE BCC error BF Parameter setting error 1F (H) 20 (H) 21 (H) 22 (H) 23 (H) • Check the communication cable • Check for doubled allocation of slave station number • Replace the JW-20CM Check the parameter setting and switch Replace the JW-20CM Check the communication cable Overflow of receiving buffer. 2B C1 Communication error to • After converting into octal, the lower two digits represent the slave station number of the current error. (Ex. C1(H) = 301(8)= slave station 01) FF • ROM error, communication CPU 2A (H) 2B (H) 2C (H) 30 (H) BE (H) BF (H) C1 (H) to FF (H) Check the communication cable Replace the JW-20CM Replace the JW-20CM Check the switch setting Check the communication cable and slave module In some cases, error code 23(H) or 2A(H) is stored when inputting power. This is not an error. 8·52 Remarks • The error code stored in the system memory #170 is shifted to #170 to #177 one after the other as new errors occur. Thus, the system memory can store up to 8 errors. When the PC is operating by RAM, these error codes do not disappear even after turning OFF the power. The contents of system memory #170 to #177 are kept storing after the JW-20CM recovers from the error. #177 #176 #175 #174 #173 #172 #171 #170 6E Occurrence of BCC error 6F Occurrence of parameter setting error Disappear 6E • When any of errors “01(H)” to “18(H)” occurs among the error codes listed on the previous page, the JW20CM stores error code “53(H)” (optional error) in the system memory #160. It does not store any error code in system memory #170. • In the case of an option error "53," when you monitor system memory #050, the bit of error option module switches ON. When more than 1 bit is error, these bits switch ON. The each ON bit becomes OFF by recovering from the error condition. But the last ON bit does not become OFF even if the error condition recovers. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 #050 8 Port 6 error Port 7 error Port 4 error Port 5 error Port 2 error Port 3 error • The option slot port numbers are assigned in the order 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and so on, starting from the position closet to the control module. (Ex.: JW-13BU) Control module ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ▲ Port number 8·53 (4) Recovery method at communication errors ① Check flow chart Occurrence of error Connection status of cable/connector are normal. NO See “Check cable/connector” on next page. YES See “During initial communication” on page 8·57. YES First communication? NO NO Does the error occur continuously? 8 See “When the communication error occurs instantaneously ” on page 8·59. YES See “When the communication error occurs continuously” on page 8·60. Recovery YES NO 8·54 Normal operation ② Check cable/connector As errors on the junction from the main cable to the drop cable or the contact failure on the connecting point of each station or errors of the master module are assumed, check with the following procedure. Set the error operation mode of a JW-20CM master module to “2.” FT lamp turns ON YES Exchange JW-20CM NO Monitor “individual communication flag” in support tool. Error only 1 station NO At plural station error See next page 8·55 Check and exchange the “bus YES cable” and “branch cable” to the station with the error or the “station error module where the error occurred.” 8 • If the bus cable between the slave station 05(8) and 06(8) is disconnected in the following system. 03(8) 02(8) 01(8) 04(8) Master station 05(8) B C D Disconnection A 06(8) 07(8) State of an individual communication flag D7 6 5 4 3 2 1 D0 OFF Unstable OFF Remove the connector on point A, and turn ON the termination resistance of the master station. As the communication possible stations 03(8), 02(8), 01(8), and 04(8) are normal, the state of communication monitoring flag is as follows. D7 6 5 4 OFF Connect the A connector, and then remove the connector on point B. 3 ON 6 5 4 3 OFF Unstable Remove the connector on point C and make sure the B connector is not connected. D0 OFF 2 1 D0 OFF As the communication possible station 05(8) is normal, abnormal points exists ahead of the point C. D 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 D0 OFF ON Connect the C connector and make sure the B connector is not connected, and remove the connector at the next point to the point D. 1 There is no normal station amoung commiunicatable station 05, 06, 07(8), and 05(8) is unstable. D7 8 2 OFF The station 05(8) and 06(8) become communication possible stations, but the station 05(8) is unstable and the station 06(8) is turned to OFF, so the abnormal states occur between the point C and the point D. D7 6 5 4 3 OFF Unstable Cause 2 1 D0 OFF Countermeasure Disconnection in the bus cable and the branch cable between the station 05(8) and 06(8), or contact failure of the connectors Remove both the bus cable and the branch cable connectors. After that, shorten one of these connectors and check conductivity using a tester. Error on the slave station 06(8) Exchange the slave module. 8·56 ③ During initial communication (start-up of the system) Check the error code of master station · When the master station indicates error code BF(H) The cause may be a parameter setting error of the master station. Check the master station parameters. (See the next page) · When the master station indicates error code C1 to FF(H) The cause may be a error of slave station. Check the error code of slave station. · When the COMM lamp of master station is OFF (SD, RD, and CD are flickering) Check the following master station’s parameters Parameter address Contents Setting value 003777(8) Start switch 01 · Other cases Check the switches of the communication module Check optional cable of PC (The PC does not operate normally without an optional cable.) Check cable and connector Check error code Check the error code of slave station · When the error code of slave station is no display and FAULT lamp is ON The cause may be error of wiring. Check for wiring. · When the slave station indicates error code 93(H) to 95(H) When the slave station indicates error code 9F(H) · The cause may be a parameter setting error of the slave station. Check the slave station parameters. · When relation I/O is error Check I/O and rack panel. · Other cases Check the switches of the communication module Check optional cable of PC (The PC does not operate normally without an optional cable.) Check cable and connector 8·57 8 Parameter setting range · When fixed allocation is used, set parameter within the range shown below: ｺ0000 Number of slave stations (1 ≦ n ≦ 32 or 63) Remote I/O top address Number of slave station I/O points (fixed to 64 points or 128 points) B1 to Bn : Blank between stations 1 to n : A: N: A 1 N B1 2 N B2 • • • N ｺ1577 (Setting of JW model special I/O module) 0 to 128 bytes in total per remote slave station 0 to 512 bytes in total of all stations Data register Number of modules 8 Up to 8 modules per remote slave station Up to 32 modules in total of all stations · When the manual allocation is used, set parameter within the range shown below: 1 to n : Number of slave stations (1 ≦ n ≦ 63) A1 to An : Remote I/O top address N1 to Nn : Number of slave station I/O bytes (0 ≦ Nn ≦ 128) N1 + N2 + · · · + Nn ≦ 512 ｺ0000 A1 1 N 2 N A2 • • • An Nn ｺ1577 (Setting of JW model special I/O module) Data register Number of modules 0 to 128 bytes in total per remote slave station 0 to 512 bytes in total of all stations Up to 8 modules per remote slave station Up to 32 modules in total of all stations 8·58 ④ When the communication error occurs instantaneously. Cause may be: • Noise on the communication line. • Fault of a communication module. • Fault of a communication cable. Check the error’s timing. When the error occurs synchronous with a peripheral industrial robot’s operation, noise to the communication line may be a cause. Consider arrangement of the wiring route. Identify the error station. When the error occurs at only the specific station, the cause may be the station or nearby. Check the following items. • Setting of the LT (termination resistance) switch. • Check cables/connectors Looseness or removal of connectors (turn right until fixed securely) Whether connectors are assembled to cables appropriate (check insulation/conductivity) Cable length should be less than 1 km Branch cable length should be less than 40 cm • Error code (See page 8·52) When identification of the cause is difficult. Condition of the circuit may be unstable. (See page 8·52 “check items of cables and connectors”) · Looseness or removal of connectors (turn right until fixed securely) · Whether connectors are assembled to cables appropriate (check insulation/conductivity) · Cable length should be less than 1 km · Branch cable length should be less than 40 cm 8·59 8 ⑤ When the communication error occurs continuously. Identify the error station. Specify the error’s station using the communication flag etc., (see page 8·51) and error code (see page 8·47). Then check this station. • Check the power of the error’s station. • Check the error code of the error’s station. • Check cables/connectors Looseness or removal of connectors (turn right until fixed securely) Whether connectors are assembled to cables appropriate (check insulation/conductivity) Cable length should be less than 1 km Branch cable length should be less than 40 cm When identification of the cause is difficult. Condition of the whole circuit may be unstable. Check cables and connectors. · Looseness or removal of connectors (turn right until fixed securely) · Whether connectors are assembled to cables appropriate (check insulation/conductivity) · Cable length should be less than 1 km · Branch cable length should be less than 40 cm 8 8·60 Chapter 9 Data Link 9-1 Description for data link function · The data link function us used to send and receive ON/OFF signals (relay link: max. 2048 points) and numerical data (register link : max. 2048 bytes) by PCs or between PC and personal computers connected in the satellite net system. · The master station and slave stations are connected using a single coaxial cable. As the JW-20CM network module can control the data communications, the PC does not need any special programming. · When the JW-20CM is assigned as a slave station, it has the standard function and memory capacity save function for data link. But the data contents for receiving from other stations is different between these two functions. (When the JW-20CM is used as a master station, only the standard function is available.) [When all of a master station and slave stations are JW-20CM] • Master station Data link (Standard function) Receiving data are all relay link area, and • Slave station Data link (Standard function) all register link area of all stations. Data link In order to effectively use the memory, (Memory capacity save function) unify a partial data area or sending/ ｝ receiving address (program) of slave stations. · A maximum of 6 modules (a mixed installation of master and slave stations is allowed) can be installed on one PC. · A maximum of 64 stations can transfer data on one network with maximum cable length of 1 km. Master station 00(8) Network module (JW-20CM) PC Slave station 01(8) Network module (JW-20CM) Personal computer slave station 02(8) Slave station 77(8) Network module (ZW-20CM) PC PC Network module (64 stations max., Total extension length: 1km max.) Slave station 01(8) Network module (JW-20CM) Slave station 02(8) Network module JW20 (JW-22CM) JW20H Slave station 76(8) Network module (ZW-20CM) JW30H (64 stations max., Total extension length: 1km max.) · Both JW and ZW model PCs can be connected on the same cable. 9·1 Slave station 77(8) Network module (JW-20CM) 9 9-2 Communication method [1] Data link (standard function) Each station sends data in its sending area cyclically and stores data received from other stations in its receiving area. Station number 00(8) Station number 01(8) Station number 02(8) Station number 03(8) ： Sending area ： Receiving area For the JW-20CM to execute automatically these sending and receiving procedures, a special program for communication is required. Data link have relay link and register link. They can use at the same time. Function Contents Relay link N: M communication Total no. of link points : 2048 max. (256 bytes) Register link N: M communication Total no. of link bytes : 2048 max. (1) Relay link function Mainly used for sending and receiving ON/OFF information [Example] In the case of sending 1-byte data from a master station and slave stations 01 and 02. Master station (PC00) Slave station (PC01) Slave station (PC02) コ０２００ コ０２０１ コ０２０２ ：Send ：Receive PC00 Program 9 PC01 Program PC02 Program 02000 02000 02000 02010 02010 02010 02020 02020 02020 • The link relay of the receiving station must be programmed as input signal by the PC programming. Also, it may be used as source (S) side of application instruction. • The sending and receiving data correspond in bits of one point unit. ７ ６ ５ ４ ３ ２ １ ０ ７ コ０２００ ６ ５ ４ ３ ２ １ ０ コ０２００ Is the same value as ｺ0200 of the master station. ７ ６ ５ ４ ３ ２ １ ０ ７ コ０２０１ コ０２０１ Is the same value as ｺ0201 of the slave station. 9·2 ６ ５ ４ ３ ２ １ ０ (2) Register link function Mainly used for sending and receiving numerical data. [Example] In the case of sending 1 byte data from a master station and slave station 01 and 02. Master station (PC00) Slave station (PC01) Slave station (PC02) ０９２００ ０９２０１ ０９２０２ ：Send ：Receive F-00 ｺ0000 09200 Register Register 09200 09200 Register Register 09201 F-00 ｺ0000 09201 09201 Register Register Destination side 09202 09202 F-00 ｺ0000 09202 • The register link area of the sending station may be used as D (Destination) side of the application instruction of the PC program. • The register link area of the receiving station may be used as S (Source) side of the application instruction of the PC program. 9 9·3 V5 [2] Data link (Memory capacity save function) The memory capacity save function is to provide a part of the data link area in the slave station data memory as a receiving area. A slave station can receive only the required area by relay link/ register link so that the slave stations can save on use of the memory area. As this function can unify the receiving area address and the sending area address of each slave station, the same program can be used for each slave station. Mixed allocation of the addresses with the data link (standard function) is also possible. ( ① ) Memory Standard capacity save function function Master station Slave station Slave station 01(8) 02(8) 00(8) )( ○ : Sending area ● : Receiving area ③ ② ⑤ ⑥ ④ Memory in control module Memory in JW-20CM Function 9 Relay link Adresses continues in order of receiving and sending sequentially. Contents Total link number of points: Maximum 2048 points (256 bytes) N: M communication Total number of points of sending/receiving data per slave station: Maximum 512 points (64 bytes) Total link number of points: Maximum 2048 bytes Register link N: M communication Total number of points of sending/receiving data per slave station: Maximum 512 bytes Setting contents Setting item ① Top address of master station link area ② Number of sending data bytes of master station ③ Number of offset bytes of slave station Master station 's parameter ④ Number of sending data bytes of slave station ⑤ Top address of slave station link area ⑥ Number of data receiving bytes of slave station 9·4 Slave station's parameter [3] Link function with specific station (F200/F201 link function) There is a function for communicating data other than the parameter setting values using the PC's application instructions F-200 (write to ports) and F-201 (read from ports). The JW-20CM communicates data while executing data link operations. See page 13·22 to 13·25 for application instructions F-200 and F-201 in details. See instruction manual of ZW-98CM and ZW-20AX in case that communicating with host computer. Master station 00(8) Slave station 01(8) Slave station 03(8) Slave station 02(8) Data sending Example) In case of sending 8 bytes data from slave station 01(8) to slave station 03(8). Slave station 01(8) Slave station 01(8) Sending data top address Register 09000 -------------- -------------- Register 09000 2 3 Receiving data top address JW-20CM installed port number An example of program at slave station 01(8) Transfer switch 00000 F-200 Complete data receiving TASK0 @09100 PORT2 →POR Complete data transfer to a port 04000 Carry 07356 Non-carry An example of program at slave station 03(8) Wait for data transfer to a port 04001 07354 04004 Complete receiving 10100 Non-carry F-201 TASK1 PORT3 @ｺ1000 POR→ Carry Complete data receiving 04004 07356 Wait for data receiving 04005 07354 Error Error No module 04002 07355 No module 04002 07355 09000 09001 09002 09003 09004 09005 09006 09007 01 23 45 67 89 AB CD EF 09100 09101 09102 09103 09104 09105 09106 09107 09110 09111 000 (8) 010 (8) 000 (8) 010 (8) 003 (8) (H) Sending data (H) (H) (H) 8 bytes data (H) (H) (H) (H) Sending data top address (register 09000) File number No. of transfer bytes (8 bytes) Target station number Not fixed 9·5 09000 09001 09002 09003 09004 09005 09006 09007 01 (H) 23 (H) 45 (H) 67 (H) 89 (H) AB (H) CD (H) EF (H) ｺ1000 ｺ1001 ｺ1002 ｺ1003 ｺ1004 ｺ1005 ｺ1006 ｺ1007 ｺ1010 ｺ1011 000(8) 010(8) 000(8) 010 (8) 000 (8) 000 (8) 000 (8) 001 (8) Not fixed Not fixed Receiving data 8 bytes Receiving data top address (register 09000) File number No. of transfer bytes (8 bytes) 25. Sending station number Receiving completed flag (D0) 9 [4] SEND/RECEIVE function Different from the data link, the SEND/RECEIVE functions are functions which exchange the data of the required station of the required time between a PC and a personal computer or between PCs. The SEND function is the function which writes in the data after assigning the station to send data to, and the RECEIVE function is the function which reads out the data. [An example of the SEND function] Master Slave Slave Slave station 00(8) station 01(8) station 02(8) station 03(8) Request to write in Response [An example of the RECEIVE function] Master Slave Slave Slave station 00(8) station 01(8) station 02(8) station 03(8) Request to read out Response 9 • In this instruction, the function is completed after the target station replies. A special program is not needed in the connected PC station. If the target station is an upper computer, a program is required for response after decoding the SEND/RECEIVE instructions. But if the upper computer cannot decode the SEND/RECEIVE instructions, these instructions can not be used. • The data route for the SEND/RECEIVE functions between the control module and this module is called a “channel.” Each module has four channels, CH0 to CH3, and is able to transfer a maximum of 256 bytes of data. Therefore, four operations of SEND/RECEIVE functions can be executed simultaneously on a ladder program. [Example] JW-20CM (Slave station 02(8)) Control module CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 Slave Slave Slave Slave station station station station 03(8) 04(8) 05(8) 06(8) · There are the “instruction system” and the “data memory starting system” as the starting system in SEND/RECEIVE functions. You can select the starting system in each channel using a parameter. · With the "Data memory start system," the JW-20CM can communicate across different hierarchies of the satellite net. However, this type of communication has the following limitations. 1 JW20/20H cannot be used as relay stations. 2 ZW-98CM/ZW-20AX cannot be used as communication target stations. 3 The maximum amount of data is 256 bytes. 9·6 (1) Instruction system The PC's application instruction F-202/203 (open channel), F-204 (sending instruction), and F-204 (receive instruction) to send and receive data between modules in a network, and from a module in a network to an upper stream computer is used. • In this instruction, the function is completed after the target station replies. A special program is not needed in the connected PC station. If the target station is an upper computer, a program is required for response after decoding the SEND/RECEIVE instructions. But if the upper computer cannot decode the SEND/RECEIVE instructions, these instructions can not be used. · SEND/RECEIVE functions of instruction system cannot be communicated two hierarchical layer. Communication contents Instruction to be used (see page) Specify communication target station in octal notation. (for ZW/JW-20CM) F-202 (13-26) Write data in the specified station (SEND instruction) F-204 (13-27) Read data out of the specified station (RECEIVE instruction) F-205 (13-28) Master station 00(8) Slave station 01(8) Slave station 02(8) Slave station 03(8) Writing and reading data Response Input conditions of F-202/204/205 instructions should keep being ON until finishing execution of the instruction (when error flag or carry flag turns to ON.) • If the input condition is turned OFF during execution of the instruction, the instruction ends in an incomplete condition. Under this condition, next, when this instruction is given, it will come to a “communication jam,” and the instruction will not be executed. Turn the power OFF and then ON again for recovery. Take any measure for the cases below: • In case that on instantaneous power failure of min. 10ms occurs and the input conditions turn to OFF. [Countermeasure] Change the input conditions to a latched relay. However if you turn OFF and ON the power during execution of the instruction while the input condition is set to a latched relay, the JW-20CM will come to the following state. F-204/205 instruction processing which is being executed is deleted, and rising edge of input signal can not be detected for the input condition is kept ON so that this instruction can not be executed. [Countermeasure] All flags (07354 to 07357) are turned to OFF. Detect them with the timer, and operate the next instruction after resetting the input conditions. Note: The SEND/RECEIVE instruction is not allowed to use 10 to 2C(H) as the file numbers for the communication target station. The data memory start system can use these numbers. 9·7 9 [Example ] In case of writing data of 8 bytes to slave station 03(8) Module number installing own station JW-20CM : 2 Channel number using own station JW-20CM : 0 Data area of slave station 03(8) : 0 (file number) Receive top address of slave station 03(8) : Register 09000 (file address 004000(8)) Send data top address of own station :ｺ1000 ｺ1000 ｺ1001 ｺ1002 ｺ1003 ｺ1004 ｺ1005 ｺ1006 ｺ1007 Receiving data Target station register 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 010 Port No.2 CH0 Sending Response Target station Own station register Sending data 0 3(8) 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 010 09000 09001 09002 09003 09004 09005 09006 09007 Flag ■ PC program Switch F–44 ↑ 00000 Sending relay 14000 9 F-32 SET 14000 F-202 OPCH 2-0-03 file 0 F-204 SEND 010 ｺ1000 Send 8 bytes of ｺ1000 to ｺ1007 TMR 000 0010 Detect non-execution after turning ON power (Flag does not change for 1 second) Non-carry Error Carry Zero 14000 07354 07355 07356 07357 F–44 ↑ T000 F-33 RST Set sending relay (14000) 004000 Port No.2, CH0, station number 03(8) File number 0 File address 004000(8) End of execution and the program resets 14000 14000 Error 07355 Carry 07356 For an example to readout data from the assigned station using F-205, see page 13·28. 9·8 V5 (2) Data memory starting system The data memory starting system is the system which starts the SEND/RECEIVE functions without using exclusive instructions. Set the target station number, data memory address, etc. on the specified data memory (communication information storage area). You can increase the amount of data to be transferred in one SEND/RECEIVE operation using multiple connected channels. For cases using 1 channel alone, maximum 256 bytes For cases using 2 connected channels, maximum 512 bytes For cases using 3 connected channels, maximum 768 bytes For cases using 4 connected channels, maximum 1024 bytes Set these channel connections on the parameter (address 007700 to 007703(8)). (See page 9·27 and 48) [Setting the contents in a communication information storage area] In order to assign a communication information storage area (64 bytes), set the top address on the parameter (address 007710 to 007713(8)). Address (8) Top address→ 0 +01 +02 +03 +04 +05 +06 +07 +10 +11 +12 +13 +14 +15 +16 +17 +20 FLAGS TIMER G TYPE ST1 R_SL ST2 n (L) n (H) ADR_A(L) ADR_A(H) SEG_A Not used ADR_B(L) ADR_B(H) SEG_B Not used Channel CH0 (16 bytes) 64 bytes 9 ※ Channel CH1 (16 bytes) ※ Channel CH2 (16 bytes) ※ Channel CH3 (16 bytes) +37 +40 +57 +60 +77 ※ The contents of each area (16 bytes) in channel CH1 to CH3 are the same as the contents of CH0. 9·9 *Input/ Output Contents FLAGS Input Flag (the same as ｺ 0735. Refer to the following table for the details.) TIMER Output Communication monitoring time 001(D) (0.1 second) to 255(D) (25.5 seconds) (Initial value 000(D) is 1 second.) G (7th bit) Output Starting instruction. Turn ON after starting communication. TYPE (0 bit to 6th bit) Output ST1 Output For cases with one hierarchical layer, the number of the target station is 00 to 77(8). For cases with two hierarchical layer differences, the number of the relay station is 00 to 77(8). R_SL Output For cases with two hierarchical layer differences, the module number of the next hierarchical layer difference in relay station. (When the relay station is JW50/70/100 or JW50H/70H/100H, it represents the rack/ slot number.) For cases with one hierarchical layer difference, invalid. ST2 Output For cases with two hierarchical layer differences, the number of the target station is 00 to 77 (8). For cases with one hierarchical layer difference, invalid. n Output Number of transfer bytes 000 to 377(8) (000(8) is 256 bytes) ADR __ A Output File address of own station 000000 to 177777(8) SEG __ A Output File number of own station 0 to 7 ADR __ B Output File address of target station 000000 to 177777(8) SEG __ B Output File number of target station 0 to 7 · JW-20CM with 30H mark cannot set 10 to 2C(H) Area Transfer type 00(H) : SEND (one hierarchical layer), 01(H) : SEND (two hierarchical layer differences), 02(H) : RCV (one hierarchical layer), 03(H) : RCV (two hierarchical layer differences) * Input : Control module ← JW-20CM, Output : Control module → JW-20CM 9 • Contents of FLAGS Value of FLAGS (H) Contents 7 0 Contents of bit 6 5 4 3 to 0 0 0 0 0 00 During non-execution 90 During communicating. Interval after operating the instruction till the completion. 1 0 0 1 0 40 Normal end 0 1 0 0 0 60 Abnormal end (communication time-out) 0 1 1 0 0 E0 Abnormal end (error response) 1 1 1 0 0 9·10 In case of writing 8 bytes data to slave station 03 Module number installing own station JW-20CM : 2 Channel number using own station JW-20CM : 0 Sending data top address of own station : ｺ1000 (file 0, file address 001000(8)) Data area of target station : 09000 (file 0, file address 004000(8)) Top address of communication information storage area : ｺ1100 Own station register Sending data ｺ1000 ｺ1001 ｺ1002 ｺ1003 ｺ1004 ｺ1005 ｺ1006 ｺ1007 CH0 Port No.2 CH0 Sending 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 010 Response Target station Receiving data register Target station [Example] 03(8) Communication information storage area 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 010 09000 09001 09002 09003 09004 09005 09006 09007 ｺ1100 ｺ1117 Switch 00000 F-08 OCT 000 ｺ1101 1 second for communication time (TIMER) F-08 OCT 200 ｺ1102 Start instruction in SEND of one hierarchical layer (or same layer) F-08 OCT 003 ｺ1103 Target station number 03(8) F-08w OCT 000010 ｺ1106 Number of transfer bytes 8 F-101 SEGM 001000 0 ｺ1110 Sending top address of own station コ1000 F-101 SEGM 001000 0 ｺ1114 Receiving top adress 09000 of target station 11027 11004 11005 11006 11007 ↑ T000 TMR 000 0010 F-08 OCT 11005 11006 9·11 Detect non-execution after turning ON power (Flag does not change for 1 second) 000 ｺ1102 End of execution and the program resets 11027 9 9-3 Data transfer required time and communication delay time (1) Required time for data transfer This is the time required for the master station to complete communication with all stations, and is determined by the number of connected stations with and the number of data items to transmit. Transmission T operation cycle = N + 136 × P 1250 + 2.5 × P + α + 16 (ms) N : Total number of link points (value to be calculated by relay link bytes and register link bytes 8 points). P : Number of connected stations (master + slave) 136 : 136 bits are used for station address and error check data on the communication format. 1250 : Transmission rate: 1.25M bits per second 2.5 : Inter-station wait time plus processing time to move to next station (unit : ms) α : Communication recovery operation time • When an error occurs at any station, the master station periodically treats the error. α = 3.5 × number of error stations ms 16 : Time to maintain token bus. It can enter at random intervals. [Example] In the case of two connected stations and 8 bytes of link points, Transmission T operation cycle = 8 bytes×8 points×2 stations + 136×2 stations 1250 + 2.5 × 2 stations + 16 = 21.32 ms I/O processing 9 PC operation cycle I/O processing PC operation PC operation Data exchange Data exchange Master station (PC00) Slave station (PC01) Ｔ : Send 9·12 : Receive (2) Communication delay time The communication data on the satellite net may have the delay shown below. PC00 ON ① ② I/O PC00 JW-20CM PC01 ;; ;; ;; ;; Operation cycle JW-20CM PC01 ;; ;; ;; ;; ③ ;; ;; ④ ;; ;; ;; ;; ;;; ;;; (Communication) ;; ;; ⑤ ;; ;; I/O ⑥ ;; ;; ⑦ ON ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ Delay of input module Time required for PC to detect input state (one operation cycle max.) Operation time of sending PC (one operation cycle) Time to complete sending of operation result (one communication cycle max.) Time required for receiving PC to write receive data in PC data memory (one operation cycle max.) ⑥ Operation time of receiving PC (one operation cycle) ⑦ Delay of output module Communication delay time is the total time of ① to ⑦ above. Remarks The buffer memory contents of the JW-20CM is renewed for each PC operation cycle. Therefore, a contact point which turns “ON” for only one operation cycle of a PC may not be transferred. 9·13 9 (3) Data transmission between master PC and slave PC Providing synchronous transfer gives positive data communication. [An example of synchronized transfer by OUT instruction] Master station (PC00) Slave station (PC01) ｺ 0200 ｺ 0200 ｺ 0203 ｺ 0203 ： Send Program in master station 00000 F–44 02030 : Receive Program in slave station 02000 02000 02030 02000 • 00000 is turned “ON” at the master station side. (OUT 02000 is a self-holding circuit.) • When 02000 is turned “ON” at the slave station side, OUT 02030 is also turned “ON.” This is sent back to the master station side. 9 9·14 9-4 Expansion of network The JW-20CM can transmit data between 64 stations at maximum. If more than 64 stations are required for data link, you can add communication stations with the procedure below. (1) Multiple installation of the JW-20CM Mounting more than one JW-20CM on the optional slot of the basic rack panel can increase the number of stations. [In the case of mounting 4 sets of JW-20CM] Master MasterMaster Master Slave ０１ ０２ ０３ ０４ ０５ ７３ ７４ ７５ ７６ ７７ ７３ ７４ ７５ ７６ ７７ ７３ ７４ ７５ ７６ ７７ ７３ ７４ ７５ ７６ ７７ 63 stations max. Slave ０１ ０２ ０３ ０４ ０５ 63 stations max. Slave ０１ ０２ ０３ ０４ ０５ ７２ 63 stations max. Slave ０１ ０２ ０３ ０４ ０５ ７２ 9 63 stations max. : Master station : Slave station Slave station number 01 to 77: octal Remarks • When installing multiple number of modules on a single PC, make them allocated so that relay link area, register link area, and flag area may not overlap with each other. • When installing multiple number of modules on a single PC, pay attention to the total communication data volume and the number of bytes available for communication area. • Though more than one JW-20CM can be mounted on single basic rack panel, they cannot directly communicate with other stations beyond one network. 9·15 (2) Hierarchical link When 2 sets of JW-20CM are mounted on the optional slot of the basic rack panel, hierarchical link communication is possible and can increase the number of stations. Master Slave ２０ ２２ ２３ ２４ ２５ ７３ : Master station １７ ７４ ２０ ７５ ２１ 63 slaves １６ 63 slaves １５ 63 slaves １４ 63 slaves １３ 63 slaves １２ 63 slaves １１ 63 slaves １０ 63 slaves 63 slaves ０７ 63 slaves ０６ 63 slaves ０５ 63 slaves 63 slaves 63 slaves ２１ ０４ 63 slaves ０３ ０２ 63 slaves Slave ０１ ７６ ７７ : Slave station Slave station number 01 to 77 : octal Group A serving as a slave in group C. Slave Master This PC is the master of group B while Slave Slave Slave while serving as a slave in group C. Slave This PC is the master of group A Slave Slave Slave 9 Master Master Group C Group B Remarks • Pay attention to hierarchical link system consisting of more than two levels as it takes time for communication between the stations at the highest level and at the lowest level. • Though more than one JW-20CM can be mounted on single basic rack panel, they cannot directly communicate with other stations beyond one network. 9·16 9-5 Switch setting of master station or slave station Operation procedure In brackets: See page in Chapter 9 Start Power “OFF” master/slave station Remove the setting switch cover. [9·18] Set MODE (function) switch [9·18] Set STA. NO. (station number) switch [9·18] Set LT (termination resistance) switch [9·19] Set LG (shield ground) switch [9·20] Attach label [9·21] End 9·17 9 Turn master module and slave module power “OFF.” Remove the setting switch cover of network module JW-20CM. · With your fingertips over the top and bottom of the switch cover, pull the cover towards you to remove it. · Keep the cover saved as it must be installed after switch setting. Set MODE (function) switch Remote I/O 2 Data link (standard function) 67 1 MODE 45 Set at delivery 01 0 BCD 23 Function EF Setting value 8 9A · In case of master station, be sure to setting “1.” · In case of slave station, be sure to setting “2” or “3.” Computer link 3 9 Data link (memory capacity save function) Computer link 4-F Test mode A service man will use these switches for adjustment. Do not set “4 to F.” 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 9·18 X1 7 8 9 0 1 To the next page STA.NO. X10 9 0 1 · In case of master station, be sure to setting “00(8).” · In case of slave station, set 01 to 77(8) in order “01” continuously. A maximum number of 63 slave stations can be connected. Enter station numbers using octal notation. Be careful not to assign the same number twice and do not skip any numbers. 4 5 6 Set STA. NO. (station number) switch From the previous page Set LT (termination resistance) switch • When master module or slave module is at either end the communication line, make sure to set the termination resistance switch "ON." LT (ON) LG (ON) Turn ON the termination resistance switches on these two stations. Reference: Function of the termination resistance switch If the communication line does not have a termination resistance, the high frequency signal will be reflected at the ends of the cable. These reflected signals can collide with the original communication signals, so that some stations will not be able to communicate normally. The use of termination resistance suppresses reflected signals. If the termination resistance switch on any of the stations in between the end of the cable is turned ON, the station will generate a reflection wave signal or attenuate the original signal and may not communicate normally. · When the trunk line has a branch in it, turn ON the termination resistance at the station on the trunk cable. 9 Termination resistance (ON) Drop cable (branch line should be less than 400 mm) "T" branch Trunk cable · If you use a terminator (termination resistance made by Toko Denshi: ME-75) at the end of a signal cable, turn OFF the termination resistance at the station on the end of the cable. Terminator Terminator Less than 1 km Terminator: ME-75 To the next page 9·19 From the previous page LT (ON) Set LG (shield ground) switch LG (ON) · For communication lines, use a coaxial cable. · As coaxial cable is an unbalanced circuit, ground its shield by turning “ON” the shield ground switch. Turn “ON” shield ground switch Coaxial cable Turn “ON” shield ground switch • Make sure to provide a class-3 grounding for the GND terminal of the power module. Without grounding the power module, the JW-20CM cannot become conductive with the ground after turning “ON” the shield ground switch. (See page 7 · 2.) • Prior to any electric welding around the JW-20CM, take out the coaxial cable from the JW-20CM. While the coaxial cable is connected to the JW-20CM, any electric welding nearby the JW-20CM will cause the welding current to the JW-20CM and may damage part of its circuit pattern. JW-20CM Coaxial cable JW-20CM 9 JW-20CM has a fuse element here Wraparound current Turn “ON” shield ground Turn “ON” shield ground FG FG Rack etc. Note: In case enough conductivity is not established. Electric welder To the next page 9·20 From the previous page Attach label · Attach the data link label to this module, make setting “data link function” clear. · Write “STATION NO.” on this label. In case of master module In case of slave module LINK FUNCTION DATA LINK LINK FUNCTION DATA LINK STATION NO. PC00 STATION NO. PC01 Switch setting end. 9 9·21 9-6 Setting contents of slave station parameters When the JW-20CM is used as a slave station, set the following items for parameters. Initial Setting item ※1 ① Setting time-out item of SEND/ RECEIVE instruction 007500 to 007577 00 ② Setting PC model of each station in SEND/RECEIVE function 007600 to 007677 91 Select system of each channel in SEND/RECEIVE function V5 007700 to 007703 00 ④ Top addresses in communication information storage area when using data memory starting system of SEND/RECEIVE V5 functions 007710 to 007713 ⑤ Number of receiving bytes of relay link in memory capacity save function V5 007720 007721 ⑥ Number of receiving bytes of register link in memory capacity save function V5 ③ ※2 ⑦ 9 ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ ⑪ Top address of relay link area V5 Top address of register link area V5 Whether the station number information should be output or not V2 Top address of flag area (communication and PC operation condition monitor flag) Communication error detection interval Corresponding signs on pages 11·7 and 11·8 Contents Address(8) value (H) For using SEND/RECEIVE instruction, set the time out time by decimal. [001 (0.1 sec..) to 255 (25.5 sec.)] 91(H): The PC is JW type and ZW-20CM has JW mark or JW-20CM or JW-22CM 81(H): The PC is ZW type and ZW-20CM has JW mark or JW-20CM. 00/81(H):ZW-20CM without JW mark Select instruction system or data memory starting system in CH0 to CH3 00 Setting by file number and file address. · Setting within communication information storage area (64 bytes) File 0: 000000 to 015777(8) File 1 to 7: 000000 to 177777(8) 00 Set the number of bytes by decimals. (0 to 64) · If 0 is set, the number of bytes will be the same as the number of the sending bytes which is set in the master station h1 to hn 007722 007723 00 Set the number of bytes by decimals. (0 to 512) · If 0 is set, the number of bytes will be the same as the number of the sending bytes which is set in the master station i1 to in 007730 to 007733 00 007734 to 007737 00 007763 00 Store the number of own station in the data memory when setting on 01(H). (storage area of 1 byte follows flag area of 24 bytes, valid when 007767(8) is 80(H)) 007764 E0 Lower of file address Initial value: 01E0(H) 007765 01 Upper of file address 007767(8) (ｺ0740) 007766 00 File number 007767 80 Flag output (Yes: 80(H) No: 00(H)) 007771 00 Settable detection interval with 100 ms pitch Set by file number and file address. (See page 13·20 and 13·21) f1 to fn Set by file number and file address. (See page 13·20 and 13·21) g1 to gn ↓ e1 to en 00(H): Stop remote I/O operation 01(H): Start remote I/O operation ⑫ Writing to the EEPROM, start operation/stop setting 007777 01 80(H): Writing to the EEPROM, stop operation 81(H): Writing to the EEPROM, start operation 08(H): Initialize the parameter ※ 1 Set only any of JW50/70/100 or JW50/70H/100H is used as PC, and using SEND/RECEIVE instruction. ※2 Set only any of JW50/70/100 or JW50/70H/100H is used as PC, and using the memory capacity save function. ① to ⑫ correspond to numbers in the next page. 9·22 In brackets: See page in chapter When not using memory capacity save function When not using SEND/RECEIVE function 9 Operation procedure Turn “ON” the power of master station PC [ 24 ] Connect support tools [ 24 ] Stop PC operation [ 24 ] Stop operation of data link (007777(8) =00(H)) [ 24 ] ① Set time-out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction [ 25 ] ② Set PC model of each station in SEND/RECEIVE function [ 26 ] ③ V5 Select system of each channel in SEND/RECEIVE function [ 27 ] ④ V5 Set top address in communication storage area when using data memory starting system of SEND/RECEIVE functions [ 28 ] Set number of receiving bytes of relay link in memory capacity save function [ 28 ] ⑥ V5 Set number of receiving bytes of register link in memory capacity save function [ 28 ] ⑦ V5 Set top address of relay link area [ 29 ] ⑧ V5 Set top address of register link area [ 29 ] ⑨ V5 Select whether to output station number data [ 30 ] ⑩ Set top address of flag area [ 30 ] ⑪ Writing to EEPROM, start operation (007777(8) =81(H)) [ 31 ] ⑫ Start write to EEPROM and operation [ 32 ] ⑤ V5 PC operation End ① to ⑨ correspond to numbers in the previous page. 9·23 [ 32 ] 9 Turn “ON” the power of slave module Connect support tools · Connect a support tool with the JW-20CM and prepare the setting parameter. JW-13PG/12PG JW-50SP JW-50PG, Z-100LP2S • For operation of each support tool, see the instruction manual attached. The following describes an example of JW-13PG’s key operation. Stop PC operation · Turn to program mode (stop PC operation). Setting of parameters is only available when the PC is in program mode. (Operation example of JW-13PG) Stop PC operation Select parameter setting mode. Select initial mode 9 Stop operation of data link ） （ Parameter setting [HEX (hexadecimal), byte] · Setting of the parameter is only available when the operation of the JW-20CM is stopped. · Write “00(H)” to parameter address 007777(8) and stop operation of the JW-20CM. (Operation example of JW-13PG) Screen display of JW-13PG Display the contents of parameter address 007777 by hexadecimal. （ ） Write 00(H). 07775 07776 I PARAM. >07777 HEX HEX 00 00 HEX 00 Reference Function of JW-13PG • key: Changeover unit of figures → HEX (hexadecimal) → OCT (octal) → DCM (decimal) → Bit pattern • key: Byte display ←→ Changeover word display To the next page 9·24 From the previous page “When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used” Set time-out time of SEND/RECEIVE function [DCM (decimal), byte] When the own station uses the SEND/RECEIVE instructions, set the time-out time on each communication target station. Setting range is 001 (0.1 sec.) to 255 (25.5 sec.) by decimal. 00(H) of initial value is 1 second. (8) Station number (8) 007500 Station number (8) Address (8) Station number (8) Address (8) (8) Station number (8) Master station 007520 20 007540 40 007560 60 007501 01 007521 21 007541 41 007561 61 007502 02 007522 22 007542 42 007562 62 007503 03 007523 23 007543 43 007563 63 007504 04 007524 24 007544 44 007564 64 007505 05 007525 25 007545 45 007565 65 007506 06 007526 26 007546 46 007566 66 007507 07 007527 27 007547 47 007567 67 007510 10 007530 30 007550 48 007570 70 007511 11 007531 31 007551 51 007571 71 007512 12 007532 32 007552 52 007572 72 007513 13 007533 33 007553 53 007573 73 007514 14 007534 34 007654 54 007574 74 007515 15 007535 35 007555 55 007575 75 007516 16 007536 36 007556 56 007576 76 007517 17 007537 37 007557 57 007577 77 Address Address Initial value: All address 00(H) (1 second) (In case of setting 020(D) (2 sec.) in parameter addresses 007500(8) (master station) and 007501(8) (slave station 01).) アドレス ＡＤＲＳ 7 F 5 A 0 A 0 A モニタ ＭＮＴＲ C A 2 0 C 0 After converting into decimal notation,write the setting value. Display the contents of address 007500 (8) ＳＴＥＰ （＋） 2 書 込 ＥＮＴ Screen display of JW-13PG Write setting value in address 007501 (8) 07477 07500 I PARAM. >07501 To the next page 9·25 DCM DCM 000 020 DCM 020 書 込 ＥＮＴ 9 From the previous page “When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used” Set PC model of each station [HEX (hexadecimal), byte] · Assign model type of the communication target station from ZW and JW PCs, ZW-20CM with JW applied or not, or JW-22CM (JW20/20H, JW30H). PC of target station Communication module of target station ZW model JW model ZW-20CM (without JW applied sign) 00, 80 00, 80 ZW-20CM (with JW applied sign) 81 91 JW-20CM 81 91 91(H) JW-22CM Station number (8) Address (8) Station number (8) Address (8) (8) Station number (8) 007620 20 007640 40 007660 60 01 007621 21 007641 41 007661 61 007602 02 007622 22 007642 42 007662 62 007603 03 007623 23 007643 43 007663 63 007604 04 007624 24 007644 44 007664 64 007605 05 007625 25 007645 45 007665 65 007606 06 007626 26 007646 46 007666 66 007607 07 007627 27 007647 47 007667 67 007610 10 007630 30 007650 48 007670 70 007611 11 007631 31 007651 51 007671 71 007612 12 007632 32 007652 52 007672 72 007613 13 007633 33 007653 53 007673 73 007614 14 007634 34 007654 54 007674 74 007615 15 007635 35 007655 55 007675 75 007616 16 007636 36 007656 56 007676 76 007617 17 007637 37 007657 57 007677 77 Address 007760 Station number (8) Master station 007601 Address (8) 9 Setting value(H) 1. Initial value: All address 91(H). 2. Entering both 00(H) and 88(H) will produce the identical result. The SEND communication instruction (writing data) is not available with this setting. 3. You cannot program SEND/RECEIVE instructions in a ZW model PC. However, the ZW model PC will respond to SEND/RECEIVE instructions from a JW model PC. Ex.: When you want to enter 91(H) at both the master station and at slave station 01 (if the PC a JW model and the I/O is a ZW-20CM with a sticker indicating that it can be used with the JW model). After converting to hexadecimal, write the setting value. Display the contents of address 007600(8) To the next page Screen display of JW-13PG 07577 07600 I PARAM. >07601 Write setting value in addrsee 007601(8) 9·26 HEX HEX 00 91 HEX 91 From the previous page “When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used” V5 Select system in each channel in SEND/RECEIVE function Select the method of each channel (instruction or data memory starting) on the parameter address 007700 to 007703(8). 007700(8) CH 0 007701(8) CH 1 007702(8) CH 2 007703(8) CH 3 1. When using 1 channel alone Channel CH 0 CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 Setting value (H) System 00 Instruction system 80 Data memory starting system 00 Instruction system 81 Data memory starting system 00 Instruction system 82 Data memory starting system 00 Instruction system 83 Data memory starting system 2. When using connected channels (see page 10·2) In the SEND/RECEIVE function, the JW-22CM can transfer and receive a maximum of 256 bytes of data for each channel. For the data memory starting system, the amount of communication data can be increased by connecting channels. Set the data amount with 8X(H) (X is 0 to 3, determined depending on which channel is used for the connector.) When using connected channels, these should be consecutive channels. For example, channel 0 and 1, or channel 2 and 3 can be connected to each other, but channel 1 and 3 can not be connected to each other. [Example 1] When all channels are used for the data memory starting system (using 1 channel alone) CH 0 007700(8) 8 0 (H) CH 1 007701(8) 8 1 (H) CH 2 007702(8) 8 2 (H) CH 3 007703(8) 8 3 (H) [Example 2] When channel 0 is used for the instruction system, and channel 1 to 3 are the data memory starting system and used connected. (In this case, channel 2 and 3 can not be used.) CH 0 007700(8) 8 0 (H) CH 1 007701(8) 8 1 (H) CH 2 007702(8) 8 1 (H) CH 3 007703(8) 8 1 (H) If values other than “00(H), 80 to 83(H)” are set, they will be ignored. To the next page 9·27 9 From the previous page “When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used” V5 V5 Set top address in communication information storage area when using data memory system of SEND/RECEIVE function · Set file address(8) in parameter addresses 007710 to 007713(8). Top address of communication information storage area (file address) 007710(8) Lower 007711(8) Upper 007712(8) File number of communication information storage area 007713(8) This setting is valid by 80(H) “When PC is JW model and the memory capacity save function is used” Set the number of sending bytes of the relay link in save memory function [DCM (decimal), word] · Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter address 007720 to 007721(8). Lower Upper 007200(8) 007721(8) · In case of setting 4 bytes using JW-13PG: Example for slave station 02 of page 9·41 Display the contents of parameter addresses 007720 to 007721(8) Write 00004(D) after converting to decimal Screen display of JW-13PG 07714 07716 I PARAM. >07720 V5 9 D D 00000 00000 D 00004 007720(8) 007721(8) 00004(D) “When PC is JW model and the memory capacity save function is used” Set the number of receiving bytes of register link in save memory function Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter address 007722 to 007723(8). Lower Upper 007722(8) 007723(8) · In case of setting 8 bytes for parameter addresses 007722 to 007723(8) using JW-13PG: Example for slave station 02 of page 9·41 Display the contents of parameter addresses 007722 to 007723(8) Write 00008(D) Screen display of JW-13PG 07716 07720 I PARAM. >07722 D D 00000 00004 D 00008 007722(8) 007723(8) To the next page 9·28 00008(D) From the previous page V5 “When PC is JW model and the memory capacity save function is used” File address: OCT (octal), word Set top address of relay link area. File number/flag: HEX (hexadecimal), byte · Set file address in parameter address 007730 to 007733(8). These top addresses should not overlap the register link area, flag area, or any area used by other option module. 007730(8) Lower 007731(8) Upper 007732(8) 00(H) File address 007733(8) In case of setting ｺ1000 (file address 001000(8)) using JW-13PG : Example for slave station 02 of page 9·41. アドレス ＡＤＲＳ 7 ３ ０ 変 換 変 換 変 換 ＣＯＮＶ ＣＯＮＶ ＣＯＮＶ ＳＴＥＰ （＋） Ａ Ｂ 書 込 ＥＮＴ ０ Ａ Ｄ 7 Ａ Display the contents of parameter address 007730 to 007731(8). モニタ MNTR Ａ Ａ ０ ０ ０ 1 書 込 ＥＮＴ Write 001000(8) Write parameter address 007732 to 007733(8) for 000000(8). Screen display of JW-13PG 07726 07730 I PARAM. >07732 V5 0 0 000000 001000 0 000000 “When PC is JW model and the memory capacity save function is used” File address: OCT (octal), word Set register link area of register link area. File number/flag: HEX (hexadecimal), byte · Set file address in parameter address 007734 to 007737(8). These top addresses should not overlap the relay link area, flag area, or any area used by other option module. 007734(8) Lower 007735(8) Upper 007736(8) File number File address 007737(8) In case of setting 09000 (file address 004000(8)) using JW-13PG : Example for slave station 02 of page 9·41. ＳＴＥＰ （＋） ＳＴＥＰ （＋） Ｅ 4 Ａ ０ Ａ Write parameter address 007734 to 007735(8) for 004000(8). Ａ ０ ０ Ａ ０ Write parameter address 007736(8) for file number 0. Screen display of JW-13PG 07716 07720 I PARAM. >07722 D D 00000 00004 D 00008 To the next page 9·29 9 From the previous page V5 Set whether the station number information should be output or not · Set whether the station number information should be output or not on the parameter address 007763(8). 007763(8) Whether the station number information should be output or not 00(H): Do not output 01(H): Output The station number information is output on the next byte of the flag area (24 bytes.) V5 File address: OCT (octal), word File number/flag: HEX (hexadecimal), byte Set top address of flag area · Set the top address of the flag area (24 bytes) in order to monitor the communication condition and PC operation condition on the parameter address 007764 to 007767(8). · Flag area uses 24 bytes regardless number of connecting stations. 007764(8) 007765(8) 007766(8) 007767(8) D7 Contents Initial value Lower E0(H) Upper 01(H) 00(H) File number 0 80(H) Output flag Output flag : ON Do not output flag : OFF Remarks · The PC's input/output relays, auxiliary relays, registers etc. are all allocated individual byte addresses for each item. However, the JW-20CM can assign these addresses with file addressees allocated throughout the memory. ｺ00677 ｺ00700 ｺ00777 ｺ01000 General purpose relay 001577 001600 001777 002000 Register 005777 006000 19777 29000 015777 99777 ｺ01577 TMR/CNT time limited contact b0000 TMR/CNT/MD current value 003777 b17777 · The usable file numbers will vary with the memory module that is installed on the PC. Name of memory module Usable file numbers ZW-1MA, JW-1MAH 0 or 1※ ZW-2MA, JW-2MAH 0 or 1 ZW-3MA, JW-3MAH 0, 1, 2 ZW-4MA, JW-4MAH 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 To the next page 9·30 ※ If file number is 1, file address shall be within 000000 to 037777(8). (See page 13·20 and 21 for other cases.) JW model PCs Latch relay 09777 19000 004777 005000 JW model PCs 000677 000700 000777 001000 Auxiliary relay Register ｺ00377 ｺ00400 ZW model PCs I/O relay 000377 000400 Byte address 09000 File address 004000 Byte address ｺ0000 File address ZW model PCs 9 File number Byte address 01E0(H)→000740(8)→ｺ0740 From the previous page Enter communication error detection interval [DCM (decimal), byte] · If the JW-20CM does not receive data from a station within the specified time (initial value: 250 ms when fewer than 32 stations are connected, 450 ms when more than 33 stations are connected), it turns OFF the communication monitor flag corresponding to this station. The specified time can be changed by entering a different value at parameter address 007771(8) (communication error detection time). Use the same value for all the stations. Normally, this value does not need to be changed. Use the modules with the initial value (00(H)). Set value(D) Communication error detection time (ms) 000 Initial value: 250 ms for fewer than 32 stations, 450 ms for more than 33 stations. 001 100 002 200 003 300 004 400 005 500 006 600 ⋮ ⋮ 010 ⋮ 255 * Detection time precision: –100 ms to +0 ms 1000 ⋮ 2500 Ex.: If the PC scan time is extremely long (exceeds the time specified above), the communication monitor flag will turn OFF, even though there is no communication error. In this case, change the value at parameter address 007771(8) to a larger number. To the next page 9·31 9 From the previous page Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, start operation [HEX (hexadecimal), byte] · Write “81(H)” into parameter address 007777(8) and write the set parameter contents into the EEPROM of the JW-20CM. Then start the JW-20CM. · After starting operation, the setting value changes to “01(H).” Setting value (H) Contents 00 Stop operation of the JW-20CM 01 Start operation of the JW-20CM 80 Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, stop operation 81 Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, start operation 08 Initialize parameters Screen display of JW-13PG Display the contents of address 007777(8) 07775 07776 I PARAM. >07777 Write 81(H) HEX HEX 00 EC HEX 81 Remarks 留 意 点 9 · Writing time to EEPROM is approximately 0.7 sec. When any error is found for parameter settings, the JW-20CM lights the error code (6F(H)) by the indication lamp. When error code 6F(H) lights, ① Check flag top address ② If the master station also lights up with error code 6F(H), check the top address and number of bytes in the relay link and register link in the master station which corresponds to the slave station in which the error occurred. · Written contents into the EEPROM are automatically transferred to the RAM of the JW-20CM when turning ON the power of the PC. At transferring, the PC checks BCC and compares BCC check code of the parameter memory address (007776(8)). When an error is found, the JW-20CM lights the error code (6E(H)) by the indication lamp. · If "parameter initialization" is selected, the module initializes parameter addresses 004000 to 007776(8). PC operation Turning a slave module to monitor or change mode (PC operation). (Operation example of using JW-13PG) Screen display of JW-13PG Monitor mode Change mode C00000 > 9·32 9-7 Setting contents of master station parameters [1] Setting contents When the JW-20CM is used as a master station, set the following items for parameters after setting switches. For details of the parameter memory, see pages 13·9 to 15. ※ Item Address (8) Initial value Corresponding signs on pages 9·35 to 37 Contents (setting range) ※ (H) 004000 to 004001 00 Set file address by octal notation (File 0: 000000 to 007777) a0 ② Function 004002 00 Set to 01(H) — ③ Number of connected stations 004003 00 Set number of stations including master stations by decimal (2 to 64) — Relay link area top address or ④ number of offset bytes on slave station 01 to 77(8) 004004 to 004377 00 When a slave station is data link (standard function), set the top address by file address (8) (See page 13・20 and 21) 004400 to 004403 00 Set file address by octal notation File 0: 000000 to 15777(8) File 1 to 7: 000000 to 177777(8) ① ⑤ Top address of relay link area on the master station Register link area top address on the master station When a slave station is data link (memory save function), set the a1 to a77 number of offset bytes by decimal. (000000 to 00256(D)) b0 When a slave station is data link (memory save function), set the b1 to b77 number of offset bytes by decimal. (000000 to 02048(D)) Register link area top address or ⑥ number of offset bytes on slave station 01 to 77(8) 004404 to 004777 00 When a slave station is data link (standard function), set the top address by file address (8) (See page 13-20 and 21) ⑦ Number of relay link sending bytes of master station 005000 to 005001 00 Set the number of bytes by decimal (0 to 256, within 0 to 256 in total) c0 ⑧ Set number of relay link seding bytes of slave station 01 to 77(8) 005002 to 005177 00 Set the number of bytes by decimal (0 to 256, within 0 to 256 in total) c1 to c77 ⑨ Number of register link sending bytes of master station 005200 to 005201 00 Set the number of bytes by decimal (0 to 2048, within 0 to 2048 in total) d0 ⑩ Set number of relay link seding bytes of slave station 01 to 77(8) 005002 to 005377 00 Set the number of bytes by decimal (0 to 2048, within 0 to 2048 in total) d1 to d77 ⑪ Time-out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction 007501 to 007577 00 Set time-out time in decimal [001 (0.1 sec.) to 255 (25.5 sec.)] ⑫ Set PC type of each station in SEND/RECEIVE function 007601 to 007677 91 Select from "00, 80, 81, or 91" by hexadecimal ⑬ Select system of each channel 007700 to 007703 00 Select instruction system or data memory starting system in CH0 to CH3 Top addresses in communication information storage area when ⑭ using data memory starting system. 007710 to 007713 00 Set by file number and file address - Setting range of communication information storage area (64 bytes) File 0: 000000 to 015777(8) File 1 to 7: 000000 to 177777(8) ※1 ※ 1 : Set only when the PC is a JW model using the SEND/RECEIVE function. 9·33 — 9 ※ Item Address (8) Initial value Corresponding signs on pages 9·35 to 37 Contents (setting range) ※ (H) Connection status of slave ⑮ station (error code output) Whether or not to output the ⑯ station number information 007750 to 007757 00 Turn ON a bit corresponding to each station (See page 13-15) 007763 00 Store the number of own station in the data memory when setting on 01(H) (storage area of 1 byte follows flag area of 24 bytes, valid when 007767(8) is 80(H) 007764 E0 File address lower bits 007765 01 File address upper bits 007766 00 File number (00(H) only) 007767 80 Flag output (Yes: 80(H), No: 00(H)) 007771 00 Settable detection time with 100 ms pitch V5 Flag area top address (communication and PC ⑰ operation condition monitor flag) ⑱ Communication error detection time Initial value: 01E0( H ) ↓ 000740(a) (ｺ 0740) — e0 — 00(H): Stop operation 01(H): Start operation ⑲ - Start/stop operation - Write to EEPROM 007777 01 80(H): Stop writing to EEPROM/operation 81(H): Start writing to EEPROM/operation 08(H): Initialize parameter • ① to ⑲ correspond to numbers in page 9·38. 9 9·34 — [2] Communication area map (1) In case that setting data link (the standard function) when the master station and all slave stations are JW-20CM. ○ : Send ● : Receive ｎ＝０２to７７ (8) Slave station n (Data memory) Relay link area (Within a total of 256 bytes) Slave station 01(8) (Data memory) ａ0 ｃ0 ａ1 ａn ｃ0 ｃ0 ｃ1 ｃ1 ｃ1 ｃn ｃn ｃn Register link area (Within a total of 2048 bytes) Master station 00(8) (Data memory) ｂ0 ｄ0 ｂ1 ｂn ｄ0 ｄ0 ｄ1 ｄ1 ｄ1 Flag area 9 ｄn ｄn ｄn ｅ0 ｅ1 ｅn 24 bytes 24 bytes 24 bytes • Set the relay link area, register link area, flag area within the setting range nominated in page 13·20, 21. However, be careful not to double any address allocation of these. • Set a0 to en for parameters of master station and slave station. (See page 9·22, 33 and 34) Parameter for setting in slave station Parameter for setting in master station Top address of relay link area a0, a1 to an Top address of flag area (slave station) e1 to en Top address of register link area b0, b1 to bn Number of sending bytes of relay link area c0, c1 to cn Number of sending bytes of register link area d0, d1 to dn Top address of flag area (master station) e0. 9·35 Register link area (Within a total of 2048 bytes) Relay link area (Within a total of 256 bytes) (2) In case that setting the data link ( V5 memory capacity save function) when the master station and all slave stations are JW-20CM. Memory addresses inside control module of slave station continue in order of receiving and sending. Master station 00(8) Slave station 01(8) ｎ＝０２to７７ (8) Slave station n○ : Send (Data memory) (Data memory) (Data memory) ● : Receive ※ｆ1 (Within control ａ0 module) (Within JW-20CM) ※ｆ1 (Within 9 Flag area ａ1 ａn ｈ1 64 bytes in total) ｈ1 ｃ0 ｆn ※ ｃn ｃ1 ｆ1 +ｈ1 hn ｃ1 ｆn +ｃn ｃn ｂ0 ｂ1 ｉ1 ｄ0 ｂn ｄn ｄ1 ｃn ｇ1 ※ ｇ1 ※ • Omitted a memory map inside control module. (Within a total of 512 bytes) ｉ1 ｇn ｉn ※ ｇ1 +ｉ1 ｄ1 ｇn +ｄn ｄn ｄn ｅ0 ｅ1 ｅn 24 bytes 24 bytes 24 bytes • Set the relay link area, the register link area, and the flag area within the settings range of page 13·20, 21. Be careful not to double any address allocation of these. • Set “a0” to “in” above for parameters of master station and slave station (see page 9·22, 33 and 34). Parameter for setting in master station Parameter for setting in slave station Top address of relay link area a0, a1 to an Top address of flag area (slave station) e1 to en Top address of register link area b0, b1 to bn Number of receiving bytes of relay link area h1 to hn Number of sending bytes of relay link area c0, c1 to cn Number of receiving bytes of register link area i1 to in Number of sending bytes of register link area d0, d1 to dn Top address of flag area (master station) e0. • Set the receiving area for save memory function within the range of the link area. 0 ≦ a 1 ≦ Total number of bytes of relay link area -h 1 0 ≦ a n ≦ Total number of bytes of relay link area -h n 0 ≦ b 1 ≦ Total number of bytes of register link area -i 1 0 ≦ a n ≦ Total number of bytes of register link area -i n 9·36 • Number of receiving bytes of slave station (h1 to hn, i1 to in) Select self-setting or “same as number of sending bytes (c1 to cn, d1 to dn)” according to parameter (007720 to 007723) of slave station. • Number of offset bytes can be set exceeding the number of sending bytes of the master station. a 1, a n ≧ c 0 and b 1, b n ≧ d 0 (3) When the master station and slave stations are all JW-20CM and both data link (the standard function) and data link ( V5 memory capacity save function) are set among slave stations. Set signs below by the parameters of the master station (page 9·22, 33 and 34). • An example of a relay link area map for the setting of the data link (standard function) for slave station 01 and the data link (memory capacity save function) to slave station 02. Master station 00(8) ａ0 ａ2 Slave station 01(8) Slave station 02(8) Data link Data link (the standard function) (the memory capacity save function) (within JW-20CM) (within ａ1 control module) ｃ0 ｃ0 ｃ1 ｃ2 ｃ1 ａ2 ｆ2 ｈ2 ｃ2 ｆ2 ｆ2 +ｈ2 ｃ2 ｃ2 Total number of bytes of relay link area (c0 + c1 + c2) ≦ 256 bytes c2 + h2 ≦ 64 bytes 0 ≦ a2 ≦ c0 + c1 • An example of register link area map for the setting of the data link (the save memory function) to slave station 01 and 03 and data link (the standard function) to slave station 02. Slave station 02(8) Slave station 03(8) Slave station 01(8) Data link Master station 00(8) Data link Data link (the standard function) (the memory capacity save function) (the memory capacity save function) (within JW-20CM) ｄ0 (within JW-20CM) ｂ0 ｂ3 ｂ1 ｄ1 ｄ3 ｄ1 ｄ2 ｄ3 ｇ1 ｉ1 ｇ1+ｉ1 ｄ1 ｂ2 ｄ0 ｄ1 ｄ2 ｄ3 ｇ3 i3 ｇ1 + i 3 ｄ3 Total number of bytes of register link area (d0 + d1 + d2 + d3) ≦ 2048 bytes 0 ≦ b3 ≦ d0 + d1 + d2 0 ≦ b1 ≦ d0 + d2 + d3 i1 + d1 ≦ 512 i3 + d3 ≦ 512 9·37 9 [3] Setting procedure In brackets: See page in chapter 9 Start slave station PC operation [ 39 ] Turn ON the power of master station PC [ 39 ] Connect support tools [ 39 ] Stop PC operation [ 39 ] Stop operation of data link (007777(8) =00(H)) [ 39 ] ① Set top address of the relay link area on the master station [ 40 ] ② Set data link function (004002(8) =01(H)) [ 42 ] ③ Set number of connecting stations [ 42 ] ④ Set top address of relay link area on slave station 01 to 77(8) (at standard function) /number of offset bytes (at memory capacity save function) Set top address of register link area on master stations ⑤ ⑥ When not using SEND/RECEIVE function 9 Set top address of register link area on slave station 01 to 77(8) (at standard function) /number of off set bytes (at memory capacity save function) [ 42 ] [ 43 ] [ 44 ] ⑦ Set number of sending bytes of the master station relay link [ 45 ] ⑧ Set number of sending bytes of the slave station 01 to 77(8) relay link [ 45 ] ⑨ Set number of sending bytes of the master station register link [ 46 ] ⑩ Set number of sending bytes of the slave station 01 to 77(8) register link [ 46 ] ⑪ Set time-out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction ⑫ [ 47 ] Set PC model of each station [ 48 ] ⑬ V5 Select system of each channel in SEND/RECEIVE function [ 49 ] ⑭ V5 Top address in communication information storage area when using data memory starting system of SEND/RECEIVE functions [ 50 ] Set connection status of slave stations [ 50 ] Whether the station number information should be output or not [ 50 ] ⑰ Set top address of flag area [ 51 ] ⑱ Set detection time of communication error [ 51 ] ⑲ Writing to EEPROM, start operation (007777(8) =81(H)) [ 52 ] PC operation [ 52 ] ⑮ ⑯ V5 End ① to ⑲ correspond to numbers in page 9·33. 9·38 “Run” the slave station PC Turn “ON” the power of the master station PC and connect support tools • Connect a support tool with the JW-20CM and prepare the setting parameter. JW-13PG/12PG JW-50SP JW-50PG, Z-100LP2S • For operation of each support tool, see the instruction manual attached. The following describes an example of JW-13PG’s key operation. Stop PC operation • Turn to program mode (stop PC operation). Setting of parameters is only available when the PC is in program mode. (Operation example of JW-13PG) Stop PC operation Select parameter setting mode. Select initial mode （ ） Parameter setting Stop operation of data link 9 [HEX (hexadecimal), byte] • Setting of the parameter is only available when the operation of the JW-20CM is stopped. • Write “00(H)” to parameter address 007777(8) and stop operation of the JW-22CM. (Operation example of JW-13PG) Screen display of JW-13PG Display the contents of parameter address 007777 by hexadecimal. 07775 07776 I PARAM. >07777 （ ） Write 00(H). HEX HEX 00 00 HEX 00 Reference Function of JW-13PG • key: Changeover unit of figures →HEX • (hexadecimal) key: Byte display →OCT(octal) → DCM(decimal) →Bit pattern ←→ Changeover word display To the next page 9·39 From the previous page Set top address of the relay link area on the master station [OCT (octal), word] • Set file address(8) to parameter address 004000 to 004001(8). These top addresses should not overlap the register link area, flag area, or any area used by other option module. In case of setting ｺ0210 (file address 000210(8)) using JW-13PG : Example for slave station of page 9·41. Display the contents of address 004000(8) (Word display) After converting to octal, write the data 000210. Screen display of JW-13PG 03774 03776 I PARAM. >04000 0 0 000000 000000 0 000210 Remarks · The PC's input/output relays, auxiliary relays, registers etc. are all allocated individual byte addresses for each item. However, the JW-20CM can assign these addresses with file addressees allocated throughout the memory. ｺ0677 ｺ0700 ｺ0777 ｺ1000 General purpose relay 001577 001600 001777 002000 003777 JW model PC Latch relay Register 19777 29000 005777 006000 Register ｺ01577 TMR/CNT time limited contact 09777 19000 004777 005000 ZW model PC 000677 000700 000777 001000 Auxiliary relay Register ｺ0377 ｺ0400 29777 39000 006777 007000 b0000 Register TMR/CNT/MD current value 007777 b1777 To the next page 9·40 39777 JW model PC I/O relay 000377 000400 ZW model PC 9 Byte address 09000 File address 004000 Byte address ｺ0000 File address From the previous page [Example for setting] The master station and slave station 01 and 02 are JW-20CM. It shows example for setting that slave station 01 is data link (standard function) and slave station 02 is data link (memory capacity save function : V5 ). (Standard) Slave station 01 Master station (Save memory) Slave station 02 Offset (4 bytes) ｺ0200 ｺ 0210 ｺ 0210 8 bytes Relay 4 bytes link area ○ : Send ● : Receive ｺ 0214 ｺ 0220 ｺ 0224 ｺ0223 ｺ1000 8 bytes ｺ1004 ｺ 0233 4 bytes 8 bytes ｺ1013 ｺ 0400 ｺ 0400 ｺ 0420 ｺ 0420 9000 ｺ 0430 9010 ｺ 0437 9017 Off set (8 bytes) 16 bytes Register link area 8 bytes 8 bytes ｺ 0430 8 bytes 8 bytes ｺ 0437 ｺ 0740 Flag 24 bytes area Station No. ｺ 0767 information ｺ 0770 Flag 24 bytes Flag 24 bytes ｺ0740 19000 Station No. 19027 19030 Station No. ｺｺ0767 0770 information 9 information Maser station Slave station 1 (standard) Slave station 2 (save memory) ｺ0210 ｺ0200 ※ ｺ1000 – – 4 bytes Number of sending bytes of relay link 8 bytes 4 bytes 8 bytes Number of receiving bytes of relay link – – ※ 4 bytes ｺ0400 ｺ0400 ※ 09000 – – 8 bytes Number of sending bytes of register link 16 bytes 8 bytes 8 bytes Number of receiving bytes of register link – – ※ 8 bytes ｺ0740 ※ ｺ0740 ※ 19000 Yes ※ Yes ※ Yes Top address of relay link area Number of off set bytes of relay link area Top address of register link area Number of off set bytes of register link area Top address of flag area Station number information output No mark -- Setting by parameter of master station ※ ---------- Setting by parameter of slave station To the next page 9·41 From the previous page Data link function setting [HEX (hexadecimal), byte] • Set “01(H) (=001(8))” in parameter address 004002(8) and change to “relay/register link.” Screen display of JW-13PG (Operation example of JW-13PG) Write 001(8) to 004002(8) Set number of connecting stations 04000 04001 I PARAM. >04002 HEX HEX 880 00F HEX 01 [DCM (decimal), byte] • Set the number of connecting stations (02 to 64(D)) including the master station in the parameter address 004003(8) by octal. • If you try to set values other than 02 to 64(D), JW-20CM the displays 6F(H) error code. Screen display of JW-13PG After converting into decimal notation in 004003(8), write “003.” 04001 04002 I PARAM. >04003 DCM DCM 000 001 DCM 003 Set top address of relay link area on slave station (01 to 77) (at standard function)/number of offset bytes (memory capacity save function) File address: OCT (octal), word File number/flag: HEX (hexadecimal), byte Set the "same" as or "different" from the master station: HEX (hexadecimal) , bytes. 9 • Set in parameter addresses 004004 to 004377(8). These top addresses should not overlap the register link area, flag area, or any area used by other option module. Slave station 01 004004(8) 004005(8) 004006(8) 004007(8) ∼ Slave station 77(8) 004374(8) 004375(8) 004376(8) 004377(8) Lower Upper 00(H) · Lower Upper 00(H) · In case of standard function, set top address by file address(8). In case of save memory function, set number of offset bytes. 00(H): The top address is the same address of the master station regardless of the value set at of 004004 to 004005(8). 80(H): The top address is different from the address of the master station (Offset is valid). For the save memory function, set in 80(H). 00(H) 80(H) • In case of setting ｺ0200 (file address 000200(8)) in parameter addresses 004004 to 004007(8) (slave station 01) and set 4 (number of off set bytes) in 004010(8) to 004013(8) (slave station 02). (Example for page 11·10.) To the next page 9·42 From the previous page （ ） Word display Slave station 01 Write 000200 (8) in parameter addresses 004004 to 004005(8). Convert to octal figures Write 000(8) (=00(H)) in parameter address 004006(8). （ ） Byte display Write 80(H) (the top address is not same as the master station) in parameter address 004007(8). Convert to hexadecimal figures Write 00004(D) (offset 4) in parameter addresses 004010 to 004011(8). Slave station 02 Write 00(H) in parameter address 004012(8). Write 80(H) (offset valid) in parameter address 004013(8). Screen display of JW-13PG 04011 04012 I PARAM. >04013 HEX HEX 00 00 HEX 80 Set top address of register link area on the master station File address: OCT (octal), word File number: HEX (hexadecimal) , bytes. Set on the parameter address (004400 to 004403(8)) in the file address(8). These top addresses should not overlap the register link area, flag area, or any area used by other option modules. 004400(8) 004401(8) 004402(8) 004403(8) Lower Upper File number File address • In case of setting ｺ0400 (file address 000400(8)) in parameter addresses 004400 to 004403(8) and set 0 (file number) in 004402(8). (Example for page 9·41). Display the contents of parameter addresses 004400 to 004401(8) Write 000400(8) after converting to octal. Write file no 0 in parameter address 004402(8). Screen display of JW-13PG 04400 04401 I PARAM. >04402 To the next page 9·43 OCT OCT 000 001 OCT 000 9 From the previous page Set top address of register link area on slave station 01 to 77(8) (at standard function)/ number of offset bytes (at memory capacity save function) File address: OCT (octal), word File number/flag: HEX (hexadecimal), byte Set the "same" as or "different" from the master station: HEX (hexadecimal) , bytes. Set in parameter addresses 004404 to 004777(8). These top addresses should not overlap the register link area, flag area, or any area used by other option module. Slave station 01 004404(8) 004405(8) 004406(8) 004407(8) ∼ Slave station 77(8) 004774(8) 004775(8) 004776(8) 004777(8) Lower Upper File number · ∼ Lower Upper File number · In case of standard function, set top address by file address(8). In case of memory capacity save function, set number of offset bytes. 00(H): The top address is the same address of the master station regardless of the values set at of 004404 to 004405(8). 80(H): The top address is different from the address of the master station (Offset is valid). For the memory capacity save function, set in 80(H). 00(H) 80(H) • In case of setting 0 (the top address is ｺ0440, the same as the address of the master station) in parameter addresses 004404 to 004407(8) (slave station 01) and the offset byte number 8 and “offset valid” on the parameter address 004410 to 004413(8) (slave station 02). (Example for 9·40) 9 Slave station 01 Write 0 in parameter 004004 to 004007(8) (same as master station). Write 00008(D) (offset 8) in parameter addresses 004410 to 004411(8). Slave station 02 Write 00(H) (file 0) in parameter address 004412(8). Write 80(H) (offset valid) in parameter address 004413(8). Screen display of JW-13PG 04011 04012 I PARAM. >04013 To the next page 9·44 HEX HEX 00 00 HEX 80 From the previous page Set the number of sending bytes of the master station relay link [DCM (decimal), word] • Set in parameter addresses 005000 to 005001(8). 005000(8) 005001(8) Lower Upper • These top addresses should not overlap the register link area, or the flag area, or exceed the setting range (0 to 256 bytes for each station, 256 bytes for all stations in total). In case of setting 8 bytes: Using JW-13PG example for page 9·41 Display the contents of parameter addresses 005000 to 005001(8) Screen display of JW-13PG Write 00008(D) after converting to decimal. 04774 D 00000 04776 I PARAM. >05000 D 00000 D 00008 Set the number of sending bytes of the slave station (01 to 77) relay link [DCM (decimal), word] • Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter addresses 005002 to 005177(8). (set in each station, 2 bytes for each station). These top addresses should not overlap the register link area, or the flag area, or exceed the setting range (0 to 256 bytes for each station, 256 bytes for all stations in total). Slave station 01(8) Slave station 77(8) 005002(8) 005003(8) to 005176(8) 005177(8) Lower Upper to Lower Upper ｝Enter by decimal ｝Enter by decimal (In case of setting 4 bytes for slave station 01, and set 8 bytes for slave station 02: Example of page 9·41) Slave station 01 Write 00004(D) in parameter addresses 005002 to 005003(8). Slave station 02 Write 00008(D) in parameter addresses 005004 to 005005(8). Screen display of JW-13PG 05000 05002 I PARAM. >05004 To the next page 9·45 D D 00008 00004 D 00008 9 From the previous page Set the number of sending bytes of the master station register link [DCM (decimal), word] • Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter addresses 005200 to 005201(8). • These top addresses should not overlap the relay link area or the flag area, or exceed the setting value (0 to 2048 bytes for each station, 2048 bytes for all stations in total). 005200(8) 005201(8) Lower Upper ｝Enter by decimal (In case of setting 16 bytes using JW-13PG: Example of page 9·41) Display the contents of parameter addresses 005200 to 005201(8) Screen display of JW-13PG Write 00016(D) in decimal notation. 05174 05176 I PARAM. >05200 D D 00000 00000 D 00016 Set the number of sending bytes of the slave station (01 to 77(8)) register link [DCM (decimal), word] • Set the number of sending bytes in decimal on the parameter addresses 005202 to 005377(8). (set in each station, 2 bytes for each station). These top addresses should not overlap the resister link area, or the flag area, or exceed the setting range (0 to 2048 bytes for each station, 2048 bytes for all stations in total). Slave station 01 Slave station 77(8) 9 005202(8) 005203(8) to 005376(8) 005377(8) Lower Upper to Lower Upper (In case of setting 8 bytes both for slave station 01 and 02: example of page 9·41) Slave station 01 Write 00008(D) in parameter addresses 005202 to 005203(8). Slave station 02 Write 00008(D) in parameter addresses 005204 to 005205(8). Screen display of JW-13PG 05200 05202 I PARAM. >05204 To the next page 9·46 D D 00016 00008 D 00008 From the previous page “When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used” Set time-out time of SEND/RECEIVE function [DCM (decimal), byte] • When the own station uses the SEND/RECEIVE instructions, set the time-out time on each communication target station. • Setting range is 001 (0.1 sec.) to 255 (25.5 sec.) by decimal. 00(H) of initial value is 1 second. Station No. (8) Address (8) ― ― 007520 20 007501 01 007521 007502 02 007503 Address Station No. (8) Station No. (8) Address 007540 40 007560 60 21 007541 41 007561 61 007522 22 007542 42 007562 62 03 007523 23 007543 43 007563 63 007504 04 007524 24 007544 44 007564 64 007505 05 007525 25 007545 45 007565 65 007506 06 007526 26 007546 46 007566 66 007507 07 007527 27 007547 47 007567 67 007510 10 007530 30 007550 48 007570 70 007511 11 007531 31 007551 51 007571 71 007512 12 007532 32 007552 52 007572 72 007513 13 007533 33 007553 53 007573 73 007514 14 007534 34 007654 54 007574 74 007515 15 007535 35 007555 55 007575 75 007516 16 007536 36 007556 56 007576 76 007517 17 007537 37 007557 57 007577 77 (8) Address (8) (8) Station No. (8) 9 Initial value: 00(H) in all address (1 second) (In case of setting 020(D) (2 sec.) both for slave station 01 and 02 using JW-13PG) Screen display of JW-13PG Display the contents of address 007501(8) Write setting value Writs setting value in addrsee 007502(8) To the next page 9·47 07500 07501 I PARAM. >07502 DCM DCM 000 020 DCM 020 From the previous page “When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used” Set PC model of each station [HEX (hexadecimal), byte] • Assign model type of the communication target station from ZW and JW PCs, ZW-20CM with JW applied or not, or JW-22CM (JW20/JW20H, JW30H) PC of target station Communication module of target station ZW model JW model ZW-20CM (without JW applied sign) 00, 80 00, 80 ZW-20CM (with JW applied sign) 81 91 JW-20CM 81 91 91 JW-22CM Address (8) 9 Set values(H) Station number (8) Address Station number (8) Address (8) Station number (8) Address (8) (8) Station number (8) 007620 20 007640 40 007660 60 007601 01 007621 21 007641 41 007661 61 007602 02 007622 22 007642 42 007662 62 007603 03 007623 23 007643 43 007663 63 007604 04 007624 24 007644 44 007664 64 007605 05 007625 25 007645 45 007665 65 007606 06 007626 26 007646 46 007666 66 007607 07 007627 27 007647 47 007667 67 007610 10 007630 30 007650 48 007670 70 007611 11 007631 31 007651 51 007671 71 007612 12 007632 32 007652 52 007672 72 007613 13 007633 33 007653 53 007673 73 007614 14 007634 34 007654 54 007674 74 007615 15 007635 35 007655 55 007675 75 007616 16 007636 36 007656 56 007676 76 007617 17 007637 37 007657 57 007677 77 1. Initial value: 91(H) all address. 2. Entering both 00(H) and 88(H) will produce the identical result. The SEND communication instruction (writing data) is not available with this setting. 3. You cannot program SEND/RECEIVE instructions in a ZW model PC. However, the ZW model PC will respond to SEND/RECEIVE instructions from a JW model PC. Ex.: When you want to enter 91(H) at both the slave station 01 and 02 (if the PC a JW model and the I/O is a ZW-20CM with a sticker indicating that it can be used with the JW model or JW20CM). Screen display of JW-13PG After converting to hexadecimal, write the setting value. Display the contents of address 007601(8) To the next page Write setting value in addrsee 007602(8) 9·48 07600 07601 I PARAM. >07602 HEX HEX 00 91 HEX 91 From the previous page “When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used” Select system in each channel in SEND/RECEIVE function • Select the method of each channel (instruction or data memory starting) on the parameter address 007700 to 007703(8). 007700(8) CH 0 007701(8) CH 1 007702(8) CH 2 007703(8) CH 3 1. When using 1 channel alone Channel CH 0 CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 Setting value (H) System 00 Instruction system 80 Data memory starting system 00 Instruction system 81 Data memory starting system 00 Instruction system 82 Data memory starting system 00 Instruction system 83 Data memory starting system 2. When using connected channels In the SEND/RECEIVE function, the JW-20CM can send and receive a maximum of 256 bytes of data for each channel. For the data memory starting system, the amount of communication data can be increased by connecting channels. Set the data amount with 8X(H) (X is 0 to 3, determined depending on which channel is used for the connector.) When using connected channels, these should be consecutive channels. For example, channel 0 and 1, or channel 2 and 3 can be connected to each other, but channel 1 and 3 can not be connected to each other. [Example 1] When all channels are used for the data memory starting system (using 1 channel alone) CH 0 007700(8) 8 0 (H) CH 1 007701(8) 8 1 (H) CH 2 007702(8) 8 2 (H) CH 3 007703(8) 8 3 (H) [Example 2] When channel 0 is used for the instruction system, and channel 1 to 3 are the data memory starting system and used connected. (In this case, channel 2 and 3 can not be used.) CH 0 007700(8) 8 0 (H) CH 1 007701(8) 8 1 (H) CH 2 007702(8) 8 1 (H) CH 3 007703(8) 8 1 (H) If you enter values other than “00(H), 81(H) to 83(H)” the JW-20CM ignores the entry. To the next page 9·49 9 From the previous page “When PC is JW model and the SEND/RECEIVE function is used” V5 Set top address in communication information storage area when using data memory starting system of SEND/RECEIVE functions Set address of communication information storage area in parameter addresses 007710 to 007713(8). Top address of communication information Lower 007710(8) storage area Upper (file address) 007711(8) 007712(8) 007713(8) File number of communication information storage area This setting is valid by 80(H) Set connection status of slave station [bit pattern, byte] • In the initial settings of the data link function, the JW-20CM will not display errors (on the LEDs on the panel, or in the system memory) even if it detects a communication error in a slave station. In order to display the error when a slave station communication error is detected, set bit 0(E) at parameter address 007750(8) to ON. Each bit at addresses 00751 to 007757(8) corresponds to a slave station. Turn ON the respective bit if required. (See page 13·15.) With the setting above, the JW-20CM will display errors when a slave station whose corresponding bit is ON produces a communication error. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Ex.: Setting the bits to output errors for slave 007750(8) 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 stations 01 and 02 using the JW-13PG. Screen display of JW-13PG 07746 □□□□□□□□ 07747 □□□□□□□□ I PARAM. >07750 □□□□□■■■ 9 · If a bit corresponding to a slave station is turned OFF, the module will not display an error code for a slave station which has an error. V5 Set whether the station number information should be output or not • Set whether the station number information should be output or not on the parameter address 007763(8). 007763(8) Whether the station number information should be output or not 00(H): Do not output 01(H): Output The station number information is output on the next byte of the flag area (24 bytes.) To the next page 9·50 From the previous page Set top address of flag area File address: OCT (octal), word File number/flag: HEX (hexadecimal), byte • Set the top address of the flag area (24 bytes) in order to monitor the communication condition and PC operation condition on the parameter address 007764 to 007767(8). • Flag area uses 24 bytes regardless number of connecting stations. 007764(8) 007765(8) 007766(8) Initial value Contents Lower E0(H) Upper 01(H) File number 007767(8) D7 Byte address 01E0(H)→000740(8)→ｺ0740 00(H) File number 0 80(H) Output flag Output flag : ON Do not output flag : OFF • In case of setting “ｺ0740, output flag” using JW-13PG. Write “740(ｺ740)” in parameter addresses 007764 to 007765(8). After switching to byte display, write file No. 0 with HEX (hexadecimal) Screen display of JW-13PG 07765 07766 I PARAM. >07767 Write 80(H) to address 007767(8) Enter communication error detection interval HEX HEX 01 00 HEX 80 [DCM (decimal), byte] • If the JW-20CM does not receive data from a station within the specified time (initial value: 250 ms when fewer than 32 stations are connected, 450 ms when more than 33 stations are connected), it turns OFF the communication monitor flag corresponding to this station. The specified time can be changed by entering a different value at parameter address 007771(8) (communication error detection time). Use the same value for all the stations. Normally, this value does not need to be changed. Use the modules with the initial value (00(H)). Communication error detection time (ms) ※ Set value(D) 000 Initial value: 250 ms for fewer than 32 stations, 450 ms for more than 33 stations. 001 100 ⋮ ⋮ 010 ⋮ 255 1000 ⋮ 2500 ※ Detection time precision : —100 ms to +0 ms Ex.: If the PC scan time is extremely long (exceeds the time specified above), the communication monitor flag will turn OFF, even though there is no communication error. In this case, change the value at parameter address 007771(8) to a larger number. To the next page 9·51 9 From the previous page Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-22CM, start operation [HEX (hexadecimal), byte] • Write “81(H)” into parameter address 007777(8) and write the set parameter contents into the EEPROM of the JW-20CM. • Then start the JW-20CM. After starting operation, the setting value changes to “01(H).” Setting value (H) Contents 00 Stop operation of the JW-20CM 01 Start operation of the JW-20CM 80 Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, stop operation 81 Writing to the EEPROM of the JW-20CM, start operation 08 Initialize parameters (Operation example of JW-13PG) Screen display of JW-13PG Display the contents of address 007777(8) Write 81(H) 07765 07766 I PARAM. >07767 HEX HEX 01 00 HEX 80 Remarks 9 · Writing time to EEPROM is approximately 0.7 sec. When any error is found for parameter settings, the JW-20CM lights the error code (6F(H)) by the indication lamp. To recover from this condition. ■ Treatment when error code 6F(H) appears and COMM is turned OFF. ① Check number of top addresses/bytes of master station “relay link” and “register link.” ② Check the set value for number of connected stations. ③ Check the set value for master station flag top address. ④ Check whether the function is set to “relay register link.” · Written contents into the EEPROM are automatically written to the RAM of the JW-22CM when turning ON the power of the PC. At reading, the PC checks BCC and compares BCC check code of the parameter memory address (007776(8)). When an error is found, the JW20CM lights the error code (6E(H)) by the indication lamp. · If "parameter initialization" is selected, the module initializes parameter addresses 004000 to 007776(8). PC operation Turning a master module to monitor or change mode (PC operation). (Operation example of JW-13PG) Screen display of JW-13PG Monitor mode Change mode 9·52 C00000 > 9-8 Error and treatment Operation status of the JW-20CM can be check by indication lamps, flags, or system memory. (1) Indication lamp JW–20CM COMM○ SD○ RD○ CD○ LT○ TEST○ ERROR○ FAULT○ ○S0 ○S1 ○S2 ○S3 ○S4 ○S5 ○S6 ○S7 Indication lamp Name COMM Operation Recovery Lights while the remote I/O is operating -------------------------------------------------- SD Flickers while sending data -------------------------------------------------- RD Flickers while receiving data -------------------------------------------------- CD Flickers while detecting a carrier -------------------------------------------------- LT Lights when the termination resistance switches turned ON -------------------------------------------------- Lights while testing -------------------------------------------------- TEST ERROR · Check disconnection of communication cable Lights while an error is detected (Indicate · Check settings of switches · Check settings of parameter error code by S0 to S7 LEDs) · Check power supply voltage. FAULT Lights when the watchdog timer is time up (JW-20CM is faulty) Replace the JW-20CM Indicates error codes by hexadecimal when an error is occurred See the next page S0 to S7 9·53 9 (Error code) ● : ON, ○ : OFF LED name 80 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 Error code (HEX) Cause Measure ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● 01(H) ROM error, upper CPU ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ 02(H) RAM error, upper CPU Replace the JW-20CM ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ● 03(H) 2 port RAM error against PC, upper CPU 2 port RAM error against communication CPU, upper CPU ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ 04(H) ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● 11(H) ROM error, communication CPU ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ● ○ 12(H) RAM error, communication CPU ○ ○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○ 18(H) Communication LSI error, communication CPU ○ ○ ○ ● ● ● ● ● 1F(H) No response, communication CPU • Check the communication cable • Check for doubled allocation of slave station number • Replace the JW-20CM ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 20(H) More than one token detected ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ● 21(H) Doubled address detected Check the parameter setting, switch ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ○ 22(H) Fault of sending section Replace the JW-20CM Token does not return within the rated interval ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ● ● 23(H) Check the communication cable Over flow of receiving buffer. ○ ○ ● ○ ● ○ ● ○ 2A(H) Occurs when the upper CPU processing is delayed. Check the communication ○ ○ ● ○ ● ○ ● ● 2B(H) Flame length error • Occurs because of a media execution cable error or noise from outside. ○ ○ ● ○ ● ● ○ ○ 2C(H) Media error ○ ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ 30(H) EEPROM error ● ○ ● ● ● ● ● ○ BE(H) BCC error ● ○ ● ● ● ● ● ● BF(H) Parameter setting error ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ● ※C1(H) Communication error to ●● ● ● ●● ● ● 9 to ※ FF(H) • After converting into octal, the lower two digits represent the slave station number of the current error. (Ex. C1(H) = 301(8) = slave station 01) Check the communication cable Replace the JW-20CM Check the parameter contents Check the communication cable and slave module ※ You need to select the "output error code for a slave station connection condition" at the master station parameter addresses 007750 to 007757(8). If more than one slave station has an error, the slave station with the lowest station number will be displayed. Remarks • Error codes “23” and “2A(H)” may occur when applying power. This is not an error. • To check the communication cable, remove both connectors and short the connector terminals at one end. Then measure the conductivity using a tester. • Check the parameter and switch settings for all stations. If the settings are correct, replace the JW-20CM or JW-20RS. 9·54 (2) Flag Flag area is 24 bytes from the “flag top address” set in the master station/slave station parameters. ① Flag table [ In case of flag top address is ｺ0740 (initial value) ] Slave station 01 (8) Master station ｺ0740 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 ｺ0741 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 ｺ0742 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 ｺ0743 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 ｺ0744 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 ｺ0745 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 ｺ0746 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 ｺ0747 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 ｺ0750 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 ｺ0751 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 ｺ0752 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 ｺ0753 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 ｺ0754 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 ｺ0755 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 ｺ0756 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 ｺ0757 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 ｺ0760 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 ｺ0761 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 ｺ0762 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 ｺ0763 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 ｺ0764 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 ｺ0765 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 ｺ0766 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 ｺ0767 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 ① Communication monitor flag Slave station 70 (8) Master station Slave station 01 (8) ② Operation condition monitor flag [1] Slave station 70 (8) Remarks • Even a slave station can monitor 24 bytes of flag. 9·55 Master station Slave station 01 (8) ② Operation condition monitor flag [1] Slave station 70 (8) 9 ② In the case of a master station (PC 00) · Communication monitor flag This flag is used to monitor the communication condition with other stations. Non-connected station keeps this flag as “OFF.” Flag Own station flag (master station) Flag Flag operation Condition for flag operation When the link start switch is set to “01(H),” and the master station is operating normally. When the link start switch is set to “00(H).” Improper setting of parameter, BCC check error, or other errors. Condition for flag operation Normal communication with slave stations. Other Stopped communication or unable to station’s flag communicate with slave stations. (01 to 77) Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned “OFF.” ON OFF Flag operation Specific slave station ON OFF All slave stations The master station periodically executes communication recovery operation with the communication error slave station. When the error situation is recovered, the master station returns to normal communication. · Operation condition monitor flag [1] This flag is used to monitor the operation condition of slave stations when the communication with each slave station is normal. Non-connected station keeps this flag as “OFF.” Flag 9 Flag operation Condition for flag operation Own station flag Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned “ON.” (master station) Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned “OFF.” Flag Other station’s flag (01 to 77) Condition for flag operation ※ON OFF Flag operation Slave station is operating. Slave station stops operation (not by an error cause). ON Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned “OFF.” Slave station that communication monitor flag (1) is turned to “OFF.” OFF Specific slave station All slave stations Not specified ※ Even if a master station PC has stopped operation normally or by an error, the JW-20CM turns “ON” this flag while communicating. 9·56 · Operation condition monitor flag [2] This flag is used to monitor the abnormal stop of each slave station when the communication with each slave station is normal. Non-connected station keeps this flag as “OFF.” Flag Condition for flag operation Flag operation Own Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned “ON.” station flag (master station) Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned “OFF.” Flag Condition for flag operation ※ON OFF Flag operation Specific Each slave station is normal. ON slave Any of the slave stations is faulty (caused to be Other station station’s stopped abnormally). Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station OFF All slave flag stations (01 to 77) is turned “OFF.” Slave station that communication monitor flag (1) is Not specified turned to “OFF.” ※ Even if a master station PC has stopped operation normally or by an error, the JW-20CM turns “ON” this flag while communicating. 9 9·57 ③ In the case of slave station (PC 01 to 77(8)) · Communication monitor flag This flag is used to monitor the communication condition with other stations. Non-connected station keeps this flag as “OFF.” Flag Condition for flag operation When the link start switch is set to “01(H),” and at communicating with a master station normally. Own station When the link start switch is set to “00(H).” flag When link start switch “00(H)” of the master station is OFF. Flag Condition for flag operation Normal communication with each station. Other Stopped communication or unable to station’s communication with each station. flag Communication monitor flag (1) of the master station is turned “OFF.” Flag operation ON OFF Flag operation ON Specific station OFF All stations · Operation condition monitor flag [1] This flag is used to monitor the operation condition of each station when the communication with each station is normal. Non-connected station keeps this flag as “OFF.” Flag Flag operation Condition for flag operation Own Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station is turned “ON.” station Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station is turned “OFF.” flag 9 Flag Condition for flag operation Each station is operating. OFF Flag operation ON Other Each station stops operation (not by an error cause). station’s Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station flag is turned “OFF.” Slave station that communication monitor flag (1) is turned to “OFF.” ※ON OFF Specific station All slave stations Not specified ※ Even if the own station PC has stopped operation normally or by an error, the JW-20CM turns “ON” this flag while communicating. 9·58 · Operation condition monitor flag [2] This flag is used to monitor the abnormal stop of each station when the communication with each station is normal. Non-connected station keeps this flag as “OFF.” Flag Condition for flag operation Flag operation Own Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station is turned “ON.” station Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station is turned “OFF.” flag Flag Condition for flag operation Each station is normal. Any of the stations is faulty (caused to be stopped Other abnormally). station’s Communication monitor flag (1) of the own station flag is turned “OFF.” Slave station that communication monitor flag (1) is turned to “OFF.” ※ON OFF Flag operation ON Specific station OFF All stations Not specified ※ Even if a own station PC has stopped operation normally or by an error, the JW-20CM turns “ON” this flag while communicating. 9 9·59 ④ Monitor operation condition by each station PC By creating a program having the flags shown below in each station’s PC, the JW-20CM can monitor the operation condition of each station’s PC. [Ex.: In this case the flag top address is ｺ0740] Flag top address 7 ｺ0740 to ｺ0747 ｺ0750 to ｺ0757 ｺ0757 to ｺ0760 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Master station 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 to to to to to to to to 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 to to to to to to to to (1) Communication monitor flag Slave station 70(8) (2) Operation condition monitor flag [1] 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 to to to to to to to to (3) Oparation condition monitor flag [2] 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 Slave station 01 Slave station 01 Slave station 01 Slave station 01 normal operation Communication monitor 07401 Operation condition (1) 07501 Operarion condition (2) 07601 9 9·60 (3) Error code When an error occurs in the JW-20CM, it stores the occurred error’s code to system memory #170 of each station’s PC. Error code (HEX) 01 Error code stored to system memory(H) Cause #160 #170 to 177 Measure ROM error, upper CPU 02 RAM error, upper CPU 03 2 port RAM error against PC, upper CPU 04 2 port RAM error against 11 ROM error, communication CPU 12 RAM error, communication CPU Replace the JW-20CM 53 communication CPU, upper CPU 18 Communication LSI error, communication CPU 1F No response 20 More than one token detected 21 Doubled address detected 22 Fault of sending section 23 Token does not return within the rated interval 2A Over flow of receiving buffer. 2B Flame length error of receiving 2C Media error 30 EEPROM error 6E BCC error 6F Parameter setting error C1 Communication error to FF • After converting into octal, the lower two digits represent the slave station number of the current error. (Ex. C1(H) = 301(8)= slave station 01) 1F 20 21 22 23 2A 2B 2C 30 6E 6F C1 to FF • Check the communication cable • Check for doubled allocation of slave station number • Replace the JW-20CM Check the parameter setting Replace the JW-20CM Check the communication cable Check the communication cable Replace the JW-20CM Check the parameter setting Check the communication cable and slave module · In some cases, error code 23(H) or 2A(H) is stored when inputting power. This is not an error. Remarks • The error code stored in the system memory #170 is shifted to #170 to #177 one after the other as new errors occur. Thus, the system memory can store up to 8 errors. When the PC is operating by RAM, these error codes do not disappear even after turning OFF the power. The contents of system memory #170 to #177 are kept storing after the JW-20CM recovers from the error. #177 #176 #175 #174 #173 #172 #171 #170 6E Occurrence of BCC error 6F Occurrence of parameter setting error Disappear 6E 9·61 9 • When any of errors “01(H)” to “18(H)” occurs among the error codes listed on the previous page, the JW20CM stores error code “53(H)” (optional error) in the system memory #160. It does not store any error code in system memory #170. • In the case of an option error "53," when you monitor system memory #050, the bit of error option module switches ON. When more than 1 bit is error, these bits switch ON. The each ON bit becomes OFF by recovering from the error condition. But the last ON bit does not become OFF even if the error condition recovers. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 #050 Port 6 error Port 7 error Port 4 error Port 5 error Port 2 error Port 3 error • The option slot port numbers are assigned in the order 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and so on, starting from the position closet to the control module. (Ex.: JW-13BU) Control module ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ▲ Port number 9 9·62 (4) Recovery method at communication errors ① Check flow chart Occurrence of error Connection status of cable/connector are normal. NO See “Check cable/connector” on next page. YES See “During initial communication” on page 9·66. YES First communication? NO NO Does the error occur continuously? See “When the communication error occurs instantaneously ” on page 9·69. YES 9 See “When the communication error occurs continuously” on page 9·69. Recovery YES NO 9·63 Normal operation ② Check cable/connector As errors on the junction from the main cable to the drop cable or the contact failure on the connecting point of each station or errors of the master module are assumed, check with the following procedure. FAULT lamp turns ON YES Exchange master module NO Monitor “individual communication flag” in support tool. Error only 1 station NO At plural station error 9 See next page 9·64 See page 9·55 Check and exchange the “bus YES cable” and “branch cable” to the station with the error or the “station error module where the error occurred.” • If the bus cable between the slave station 05(8) and 06(8) is disconnected in the following system. 03(8) 02(8) 01(8) 04(8) Master station 05(8) B C D Disconnection A 06(8) 07(8) State of an individual communication flag D7 6 5 4 3 2 1 D0 OFF Unstable OFF Remove the connector on point A, and turn ON the termination resistance of the master station. As the communication possible stations 03(8), 02(8), 01(8), and 04(8) are normal, the state of communication monitoring flag is as follows. D7 6 5 OFF Connect the A connector, and then remove the connector on point B. 4 3 2 1 D0 ON As the one side of the termination resistance is lost, all of the communication possible stations 05(8), 06(8), and 07(8) are abnormal, and the station 05(8) is unstable. D 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 D0 OFF Unstable OFF ON Remove the connector on point C and make sure the B connector is not connected. Turn ON the termination resistance of the slave module 05(8). As the communication possible station 05(8) is normal, abnormal points exists ahead of the point C. D 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 D0 Connect the C connector and make sure the B connector is not connected, and remove the connector at the next point to the point D. Turn OFF the termination resistance of the slave station 05(8), and turn ON the termination resistance of the end station 06(8). As the one side of the termination resistance is lost, the station 05(8) and 06(8) become communication possible stations, but the station 05(8) is unstable and the station 06(8) is turned to OFF, so the abnormal states occur between the point C and the point D. D 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 D0 OFF ON OFF OFF Unstable OFF ON ON Cause Countermeasure Disconnection in the bus cable and the branch cable between the station 05(8) and 06(8), or contact failure of the connectors Remove both the bus cable and the branch cable connectors. After that, shorten one of these connectors and check conductivity using a tester. Error on the slave station 06(8) Exchange the slave module. 9·65 9 ③ During initial communication (start-up of the system) Lighting error code 6F(H) · When the master station indicates error code 6F(H) and the COMM lamp is OFF. The cause may be a parameter setting error of the master station. Check the master station parameters below. Parameter address(8) Contents Setting range 004000 to 004001 Relay link top address of master station ｺ0000 to 39777(8) (File 0 : 000000 to 007777(8)) 004003(8) Amount of connectable stations 2 to 64(D) Register link top address of master station ｺ0000 to 99777(8) (File 0 : 000000 to 015777(8)) 000000 to 177777(8) (File 1 to 7) Relay link sending bytes of each station 0 to 256D) Total : 256 max. Register link sending bytes of each station 0 to 2048(D) Total : 2048 max. Flag top address ｺ0000 to 99777(8) (File 0 : 000000 to 015777(8)) 000000 to 177777(8) (File 1 to 7) 004400 to 004403 005000 to 005177(8) 005200 to 005377 007764 to 007767 · When the master station indicates error code 6F(H) and the COMM lamp lights. The cause may be a setting error of any of the slave stations which are set in the parameter. Check the following master station parameters. Parameter address(8) 9 Contents Setting range Relay link top address of slave station ｺ0000 to 39777(8) (File 0 : 000000 to 007777(8)) Relay link offset bytes of slave station 00000 to 00256(D) Register link top address of slave station ｺ0000 to 99777(8) (File 0 : 000000 to 015777(8)) 000000 to 177777(8) (File 1 to 7) Register link offset bytes of slave station 00000 to 02048(D) 005000 to 005177 Relay link top address sending bytes of each station 0 to 256D) Total : 256 max. 005200 to 005377 Register link sending bytes of each station 0 to 2048(D) Total : 2048 max. Flag top address ｺ0000 to 99777(8) (File 0 : 000000 to 015777(8)) 000000 to 177777(8) (File 1 to 7) 004004 to 004377 004404 to 004777 007764 to 007767 When slave station is JW-22CM, see “JW-22CM users manual” for setting range. 9·66 · When the master station is normal and the error code 6F(H) of a slave station lights. The cause may be a faulty setting of the slave station parameter. Check the following slave station parameters. Parameter address(8) Contents Setting range 007720, 007721 Relay link receiving bytes of slave station 0 to 256D) Total : 256 max. In case of "0", same as number of sending bytes 007722, 007723 Register link receiving bytes of slave station 0 to 2048(D) Total : 256 max. In case of "0", same as number of sending bytes 007730 to 007733 Relay link top address of slave station ｺ0000 to 39777(8) (File 0 : 000000 to 007777(8)) 007734 to 007737 Register link top address of slave station ｺ0000 to 99777(8) (File 0 : 000000 to 015777(8)) 000000 to 177777(8) (File 1 to 7) Flag top address ｺ0000 to 99777(8) (File 0 : 000000 to 015777(8)) 000000 to 177777(8) (File 1 to 7) ※ 007764 to 007767 ※ In case of using memory capacity save function When slave station is JW-22CM, see “JW-22CM users manual” for setting range. When the COMM lamp of the master station is OFF (SD,RD,CD are flickering). Check the following master station’s parameters. Parameter address(8) Contents 9 Setting value 004002(8) Data link function 01 007777(8) Start switch 01 9·67 Other cases • • • • Check the switches of the JW-20CM (see check item) Check optional cable of PC (The JW-20CM does not operate normally without an optional cable.) Check cable and connector (see check item) Check error code [Switches required check in the JW-20CM] ① Station number (STA NO.) ② Mode switch (MODE) ③ Termination resistance switch (LT) ④ Shield ground switch (LG) If there are errors in the station number and the mode switch, change the setting with the power OFF, and then turn ON the power. [Check items of cables and connectors] ① No looseness or removal of connectors (turn the connector right until it completely locks). ② Connectors are appropriately fixed on the cables (When any faults such as extrusion of pins or connector being easily removed by pulling, reinstall these connectors.) ③ Wiring conditions are appropriate (See chapters 6 and 7). ④ Not too long branch lines (shorter than 400 mm). ⑤ Termination resistance are correctly connected. (Turn “ON” the termination resistance switch of the termination stations or install a termination tool.) 9 9·68 ④ When the communication error occurs instantaneously. Cause may be: • Noise on the communication line. • Fault of a communication module. • Fault of a communication cable. Check the error’s timing. When the error occurs synchronous with a peripheral industrial robot’s operation, noise to the communication line may be a cause. Consider arrangement of the wiring route. Identify the error station. When the error occurs at only the specific station, the cause may be the station or nearby. Check the following items. • Setting of the LT (termination resistance) switch. • Cable (See page 9·64 “check items of cables and connectors”) • Error code (See page 9·54) When identification of the cause is difficult. Condition of the circuit may be unstable. (See page 9·64 “check items of cables and connectors”) ⑤ When the communication error occurs continuously. Identify the error station. Specify the error’s station using the communication flag etc., and check this station. • Check the power of the error’s station. • Check the error code of the error’s station. • Check cables near the error’s station. (See page 9·64 “check items of cables and connectors”) When identification of the cause is difficult. Condition of the whole circuit may be unstable. Check cables and connectors. (See page 9·64 “check items of cables and connectors”) 9·69 9 (5) Module replacement procedure When you want to change the JW-20CM due to an operation fault (lighting FT lamp) etc., follow the procedures below. Make sure to store the set parameters onto a floppy diskette using a support tools. (See the next page) Operation procedure Start Turn “OFF” the PC power Remove the cables from the JW-20CM Loosen one retention screw and Remove the JW-20CM from the rack panel Set the switches of the new JW-20CM take out from the rack panel. (See chapter 9·19) 9 Install the new JW-20CM Connect the cables to the new JW-20CM Turn “ON” the PC power Load the parameters stored in the Load the parameters. floppy diskette into the new JW-20CM and write in the EEPROM, then start operation. For details, see chapter 11. End 9·70 Chapter 10 Computer link 10-1 Description for computer link · You can transmit data between JW-20CM and host computer having a network module ZW-98CM/ZW20AX and the like. · Computer link function can not be used separate mode, but simultaneously with operation of data link function. · Both JW and ZW model PCs can be connected on the same cable. JW-20CM PC ZW-20CM PC Network module JW-22CM JW20 JW20H JW30H (64 stations max., Total length: 1km max.) · In order to use the computer link function, you must use application software which can send a command from the host computer and receive a response from the opposite station. See “Instruction manual of network module ZW-98CM/ZW-20AX etc.” and the like for operation method on host computer side. 10 10·1 10-2 Communication method The host computer communicates with each station number one by one. ① The host computer instructs station number/communication contents/memory address/data etc. of the communicating station as a “command.” ② The “command” receiving station processes this data and returns the result as “response.” （System example） Master station 00(8) Slave station 01(8) Slave station 02(8) Slave station 03(8) Host computer Command Response On the computer link, the host computer can communicate with any required station regardless of whether it is the master or slave station. 10 10·2 10-3 Switch setting Same as setting switch of data link. (See page 9·17 to 9·21) When you was already used for data link, setting switch is unnecessary. Operation procedure Start Power “OFF” master/slave station Remove the setting switch cover. Set MODE (function) switch Set STA. NO. (station number) switch Set LT (termination resistance) switch Set LG (shield ground) switch Attach label End 10·3 10 10-4 Command For communication format etc., see network module ZW-98CM/ZW-20AX etc. instruction manual of host computer side. Read out relay (1 point unit) Function Read out ON (01(H))/OFF (00(H)) status of specified relay. Command code 00(H) (MRL) Writing mode assignment No Operation condition of PC Unrelated Assignable address 00000 to 15777(8) Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Set/reset relay (1 point unit) Function Set (01(H))/reset (00(H)) the specified relay. Command code 10(H) (SRR) Writing mode assignment No Operation condition of PC Unrelated Assignable address 00000 to 15777(8) Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. 10 · "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or disabled. 0: Writing prohibited 1: Enable writing only to data memory 2: Enable writing all data. No setting: Enable writing in any mode 10·4 Read out current value of register/file register (1024 bytes max./ one time) Function Read out current value that specified register/file register Command code 00(H) (MRG, RFLF) Writing mode assignment No Operation condition of PC Unrelated Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Assignable address When PC is ZW model ※ When PC is JW model ｺ0000 to ｺ1577 b0000 to b1777 ｺ0000 to ｺ1577 b0000 to b1777 09000 to 09777 19000 to 19777 09000 to 09777 19000 to 19777 29000 to 29777 39000 to 39777 49000 to 49777 59000 to 59777 69000 to 69777 79000 to 79777 89000 to 89777 99000 to 99777 E9000 to E9777 E1000 to E1777 File 1 to 7 : 000000 to 177777 ※ Usable file number varies with memory module using for PC. (See page 13·21) ※ File 1 to 7 : 000000 to 177777 Write in register/file register (1024 bytes max./ one time) Function Write in manual data that specified register/file register Command code 13(H) (SRT) Writing mode assignment 1 or 2 Operation condition of PC Unrelated Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Assignable address When PC is ZW model ※ When PC is JW model ｺ0000 to ｺ1577 b0000 to b1777 ｺ0000 to ｺ1577 b0000 to b1777 09000 to 09777 19000 to 19777 09000 to 09777 19000 to 19777 29000 to 29777 39000 to 39777 49000 to 49777 59000 to 59777 69000 to 69777 79000 to 79777 89000 to 89777 99000 to 99777 E9000 to E9777 E1000 to E1777 File 1 to 7 : 000000 to 177777 ※ Usable file number varies with memory module using for PC. (See page 13·21) ※ File 1 to 7 : 000000 to 177777 · "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or disabled. 0: Writing prohibited 1: Enable writing only to data memory 2: Enable writing all data. No setting: Enable writing in any mode 10·5 10 Write in same data to register/file register Function Write in same data that specified register/file register Command code 12(H) (FRG) Writing mode assignment 1 or 2 Operation condition of PC Unrelated Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode, but unavailable for writing in same data to file register. Assignable address When PC is ZW model ※ When PC is JW model ｺ0000 to ｺ1577 b0000 to b1777 ｺ0000 to ｺ1577 b0000 to b1777 09000 to 09777 19000 to 19777 09000 to 09777 19000 to 19777 29000 to 29777 39000 to 39777 49000 to 49777 59000 to 59777 69000 to 69777 79000 to 79777 89000 to 89777 99000 to 99777 E9000 to E9777 E1000 to E1777 File 1 to 7 : 000000 to 177777 ※ Usable file number varies with memory module using for PC. (See page 13·21) ※ File 1 to 7 : 000000 to 177777 10 · "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or disabled. 0: Writing prohibited 1: Enable writing only to data memory 2: Enable writing all data. No setting: Enable writing in any mode 10·6 Read out current value of timer/counter/MD Function Read out current value that specified timer/counter/MD Command code 03(H) (MTC) Writing mode assignment No Operation condition of PC Unrelated Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Assignable address : When PC is except for JW50H/70H/100H 0000 to 0777(8) : When PC is JW50H/70H/100H 0000 to 0777(8) Set/reset timer/counter (1 points unit) Function Specify writing mode Set (timeup, countup) or reset (return to setting value) that specified timer/counter Letters in brackets are 13(H) (SRT) command name of BASIC mode. 1 or 2 Operation condition of PC Unrelated Command code Assignable address 10 : When PC is except for JW50H/70H/100H 0000 to 0777(8) : When PC is JW50H/70H/100H 0000 to 0777(8) · "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or disabled. 0: Writing prohibited 1: Enable writing only to data memory 2: Enable writing all data. No setting: Enable writing in any mode 10·7 Read out current value of system memory (256 bytes max./one time) Function Read out current value that specified system memory Command code 04(H) (RSM) Writing mode assignment 1 or 2 Operation condition of PC Unrelated Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Assignable address When PC is ZW model When PC is JW model Segment 0 00000 to 00177(8) Segment 0 00000 to 00177(8) Segment 8 00200 to 00377(8) Segment 8 00200 to 02177(8) Write in system memory (256 bytes max./one time) Function Write in manual data to specified system memory Command code 14(H) (WSM) Writing mode assignment 2 Operation condition of PC Stopping Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Assignable address 10 When PC is ZW model When PC is JW model Segment 0 00000 to 00177(8) Segment 0 00000 to 00177(8) Segment 8 00200 to 00377(8) Segment 8 00200 to 02177(8) · "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or disabled. 0: Writing prohibited 1: Enable writing only to data memory 2: Enable writing all data. No setting: Enable writing in any mode 10·8 Read out program memory (512 steps max./one time) Function Writing mode assignment Read out contents that specified program memory using machine language. Letters in brackets are 05(H) (RPM) command name of BASIC mode. No Operation condition of PC Unrelated Command code Assignable address When PC is ZW model 000000 to 076777(8) Address varies with memory capacity. When PC is JW50, JW50H 000000 to 016777(8) When PC is JW70/100, JW70H/100H 000000 to 076777(8), 100000 to 176777(8) Write in program memory (512 steps max./one time) Function Write in manual instruction words to specified program memory. Command code 15(H) (WPM) Writing mode assignment 2 Operation condition of PC Stopping Assignable address Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. When PC is ZW model 000000 to 076777(8) Address varies with memory capacity. When PC is JW50, JW50H 000000 to 016777(8) When PC is JW70/100, JW70H/100H 000000 to 076777(8), 100000 to 176777(8) · "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or disabled. 0: Writing prohibited 1: Enable writing only to data memory 2: Enable writing all data. No setting: Enable writing in any mode 10·9 10 Change the setting value of timer/counter (1 point unit) Function Change the assigned value of the timer/counter to any value. Command code 16(H) (CTC) Writing mode assignment 2 Operation condition of PC Unrelated Assignable address Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. When PC is ZW model Segment 8 000000 to 076777(8) When PC is JW model Segment 9 000000 to 076777(8) 10 · "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or disabled. 0: Writing prohibited 1: Enable writing only to data memory 2: Enable writing all data. No setting: Enable writing in any mode 10·10 Read out operation status of PC Function Read out PC operation status of specified stations. Command code 20(H) (MPC) Writing mode assignment No Operation condition of PC Unrelated Data Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Operation condition of PC Data During operating 00(H) Stop by other option module 01(H) Stop by HALT(30(H)) command 02(H) Stop/restart operation of PC Function Stop or restart PC’s operation of specified stations. Command code 30(H) (HLT, RUN) Writing mode assignment No Operation condition of PC Unrelated Data Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Operation condition of PC Data Stop operation 00(H) Restart operation 01(H) · "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or disabled. 0: Writing prohibited 1: Enable writing only to data memory 2: Enable writing all data. No setting: Enable writing in any mode 10·11 10 Read out program memory capacity Function Read out program memory capacity of specified stations. Command code 21(H) (VLM) Writing mode assignment No Operation condition of PC Unrelated Data Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Memory capacity Data 7.5 K Words 00(H) 15.5 K Words 01(H) 23.5 K Words 02(H) 31.5 K Words 03(H) 63 K Words 04(H) Set program memory capacity Function Writing mode assignment Write in system memory #204 for memory capacity that specified station. Letters in brackets are 30(H) (SVL) command name of BASIC mode. No Operation condition of PC Stopping Command code 10 Data Memory capacity Data 7.5 K Words 00(H) 15.5 K Words 01(H) 23.5 K Words 02(H) 31.5 K Words 03(H) 63 K Words 04(H) · "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or disabled. 0: Writing prohibited 1: Enable writing only to data memory 2: Enable writing all data. No setting: Enable writing in any mode 10·12 Read out status of write mode Function Read out status of write mode that specified stations. Command code 22(H) (SWE) Writing mode assignment No Operation condition of PC Unrelated Data Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Write mode Data 0 00(H) 1 01(H) 2 02(H) Set write mode Function Set write mode that specified stations. Command code 32(H) (EWR) Writing mode assignment No Operation condition of PC Unrelated Data Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Write mode Data 0 00(H) 1 01(H) 2 02(H) · "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or disabled. 0: Writing prohibited 1: Enable writing only to data memory 2: Enable writing all data. No setting: Enable writing in any mode 10·13 10 Read out bit status of parameter memory Function Command code Operation condition of PC Read out parameter memory status of ZW/JW-20CM that specified stations. Letters in brackets are 08(H) (PML) command name of BASIC mode. Unrelated Set at link operation (Parameter address 007777(8) of ZW/JW-20CM) Unrelated Assignable address 000000 to 007777(8) Data Set bit position Bit condition Data Bit position Data 0 (OFF) 00(H) 0 00(H) 1 (ON) 01(H) to to 7 07(H) Set/reset bit of parameter memory Function Command code Operation condition of PC 10 Set/reset parameter memory bit of ZW/JW-20CM that specified stations. Letters in brackets are 18(H) (PWL) command name of BASIC mode. Stopping Set at link operation (Parameter address 007777(8) of ZW/JW-20CM) Stop (Unrelated in case that set/reset of address 007777(8)) Assignable address 000000 to 007777(8) Data Set bit position Bit condition Data Bit position Data 0 (OFF) 00(H) 0 00(H) 1 (ON) 01(H) to to 7 07(H) 10·14 Read out parameter memory contents Function Command code Operation condition of PC Read out parameter memory contents of ZW/JW-20CM that specified stations. Letters in brackets are 09(H) (PMR) command name of BASIC mode. Unrelated Set at link operation (Parameter address 007777(8) of ZW/JW-20CM) Unrelated Assignable address 000000 to 007777(8) Write in parameter memory Function Command code Operation condition of PC Write in manual data for parameter memory of ZW/JW-20CM that specified stations. Letters in brackets are 19(H) (PMR) command name of BASIC mode. Stopping Set at link operation (Parameter address 007777(8) of ZW/JW-20CM) Stop (Unrelated in case that write in address 007777(8)) Assignable address 000000 to 007777(8) 10·15 10 Read out date (PC of JW model) Function Read out date that specified stations. Command code 23(H) (MDY) Writing mode assignment No Operation condition of PC Unrelated Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Data Year Month Day Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday 00 to 99 01 to 12 01 to 31 00 01 02 03 04 Friday Saturday 05 06 Write in date (PC of JW model) Function Set date that specified stations. Command code 33(H) (SDY) Writing mode assignment 1 or 2 Operation condition of PC Unrelated Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Data 10 Year Month Day 00 to 99 01 to 12 01 to 31 Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday 00 01 02 03 04 Friday Saturday 05 06 · "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or disabled. 0: Writing prohibited 1: Enable writing only to data memory 2: Enable writing all data. No setting: Enable writing in any mode 10·16 Read out times (PC of JW model) Function Read out times that specified stations. Command code 24(H) (MTM) Writing mode assignment No Operation condition of PC Unrelated Data Time Minute Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Second 00 to 23 00 to 59 00 to 59 Write in times (PC of JW model) Function Set times that specified stations. Command code 34(H) (STM) Writing mode assignment 1 or 2 Operation condition of PC Unrelated Data Time Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Minute Second 00 to 23 00 to 59 00 to 59 10 · "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or disabled. 0: Writing prohibited 1: Enable writing only to data memory 2: Enable writing all data. No setting: Enable writing in any mode 10·17 Correct time (PC of JW model) Function Correct time that specified stations. Command code 35(H) (ACL) Writing mode assignment 1 or 2 Operation condition of PC Unrelated Data Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Operate clock Stop clock Correct 30 sec. 00 01 08 10 · "Writing mode assignment" is used to show whether writing to the PC memory has been enabled or disabled. 0: Writing prohibited 1: Enable writing only to data memory 2: Enable writing all data. No setting: Enable writing in any mode 10·18 Read out data by F-200 instruction Function Command code Operation condition of PC Read out data that specified station using application instructions F200. Letters in brackets are 40(H) (F200) command name of BASIC mode. Unrelated Write in data by F-201 instruction Function Command code Operation condition of PC Write in data that specified station using application instructions F201. Letters in brackets are 50(H) (F201) command name of BASIC mode. Unrelated Read out data by SEND instructions (PC of JW model) Function Read out data that specified station using SEND instructions. Command code 41(H) (SNDF) Operation condition of PC Unrelated Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. Read out data by RECEIVE instructions (PC of JW model) Function Request data that specified station using RECEIVE instructions. Command code 51(H) (RCVF) Operation condition of PC Unrelated 10·19 Letters in brackets are command name of BASIC mode. 10 Chapter 11 Support Tools The following support tools are available to record (store), and load the contents of the parameter memory. (Make sure to save the set parameters onto a floppy diskette.) Model name Applicable floppy diskettes Ladder software (JW-50SP) 3.5-inch 2DD/2HD, 5-inch 2DD/2HD Multipurpose programmer (JW-50PG) 3.5-inch 2DD Ladder processor II (Z-100LP2S) 3.5-inch 2DD 11-1 Record and load by ladder software (JW-50SP) (1) Record ① Stop operation of the JW-20CM Select “PC TRANS.” Select “Read.” Select “DL. M. stn. PARAM.” or “DL. S. stn. PARAM.” Set as the function setting condition of the connected network module. After selecting “PC stop,” press the “Enter” key. · Communication adaptor supplied with JW-50SP Convertor supplied with JW-50SP · Control module connection cable ② Record onto the personal computer After stopping operation, record the parameters of the JW-20CM onto the memory of the personal computer. Select “Read out PARAM” and press the “Enter” key. Start reading to memory of the personal computer. ③ Start operation of the JW-20CM After recording the parameters onto the personal computer, start operation of the JW-20CM. After selecting “Start write EEPROM” or “Execution start,” press the “Enter” key. Start operation of the JW-20CM After selecting “PC Run,” press the “Enter” key. Start PC operation 11·1 11 ④ Record onto a floppy diskette Write (record) the memory contents of the personal computer onto a floppy diskette. Select “FD TRANS.” Select “Save.” Select “DL. M. PARAM.” or “DL. S. PARAM.” Set as the function setting condition of the connected network module. Input a file name to record. Input comments. Press the “Enter” key. Start recording onto the floppy diskette. 11 11·2 (2) Load ① Load to the personal computer Load the contents of the floppy diskette into the memory of the personal computer. Select “FD TRANS.” Select “Load.” Select a file name. Press the “Enter” key. Start loading into the personal computer. ② Stop operation of the JW-22CM After stopping operation, load the memory contents of the personal computer into the JW-20CM. Select “PC TRANS.” Select “Write.” Select “DL M. stn. PARAM.” or “DL S. stn. PARAM.” Set as the function setting condition of the connected network module. · Communication adaptor supplied with JW-50SP Convertor supplied with JW-50SP · Control module connection cable After selecting “PC stop,” press the “Enter” key. After selecting “Execution stop,” press the “Enter” key. 11·3 11 ③ Load to the JW-20CM After stopping operation, load the memory contents of the personal computer into the JW-20CM. After selecting “Parameter writing,” press the “Enter” key. Start loading into the JW-20CM. ④ Start operation of the JW-20CM After loading the parameters from the personal computer, start operation of the JW-20CM. After selecting “Start: write EEPROM” or “Execution start,” press the “Enter” key. Start operation of the JW-20CM After selecting “PC Run,” press the “Enter” key. Start PC operation 11 11·4 11-2 Remote function (1) Remote programming and remote monitor This paragraph describes the operation procedure of any other station's PC which is connected in the satellite net. The following support tools are available: Hand-held programmer .................. JW-13PG/12PG Multipurpose programmer .............. JW-50PG Ladder software ............................. JW-50SP Note 1 • If the JW-20CM remotely programs or monitors the new JW30H model (JW-31CUH1/32CUH1/ 33CUH1/33CUH2/33CUH3), they should be used in the combination below. JW30H Conventional models JW-22CM (with 30Hn mark) JW50H/70H/100H JW-20CM (with 30Hn mark) (Support tool) JW-13PG (with B mark) JW-50SP If the JW-20CM, to which a support tool is connected, has a 30H sticker, the JW-20CM will identify the new JW30H model as conventional model (JW-31CUH/32CUH/33CUH). If the JW-20CM, to which a support tool is connected, does not have a 30H 30Hn sticker, it must be used with the following limitations. Ex.: · If the JW-13PG has a B sticker, it will identify the new JW30H model as JW20H (JW-22CU). · If a support tool JW-50SP is used, it will identify the new JW30H model properly. However, it cannot handle the secret function. • If the JW-20CM remotely programs or monitors the conventional JW30H model (JW-31CUH/32CUH/ 33CUH), they should be used in the combination below. JW30H Conventional models JW-22CM (with 30H 30Hn mark) JW50H/70H/100H JW-20CM (with 30H 30Hn mark) (Support tool) JW-13PG (with B mark) JW-50SP If the JW-20CM, to which a support tool is connected, does not have a 30H be used with the following limitations. 30Hn sticker, it must Ex.: · If a support tool JW-13PG is used, it will identify the conventional JW30H model as JW20H (JW22CU). · If a support tool JW-50SP is used, it will identify the conventional JW30H model properly. However, it cannot handle the secret function. 11·5 11 Note 2 • If you want to use the remote programming and monitoring functions with the JW50H/70H/100H, use the modules in the combinations shown below. If they are arranged in some other fashion, you cannot use the JW50H/70H/100H expansion function properly (with the JW50/70/100). JW50H/70H/100H JW13PG/12PG JW-50SP JW-20CM JW-20RS JW-20CM Ex.: If remote programming or remote monitoring is executed with the combination below (enter 200(8) or 201(8) at station A system memory address #0201), there are the following limitations: · TMR/CNT1000 to 1777 will not be displayed properly. · You will be unable to write/insert/delete programs using the TMR/CNT instructions. JW50H/70H/100H Station A JW-20CM Programmer ② ① ( · If ① is a ZW-20CM and ② is a JW-12PG. · If ① is a ZW/JW-20CM and ② is a JW-11PG. ) ① Function Support tool n– 2 n– 1 n n+ 1 n+ 2 Satellite net 11 Support tool n– 2 n– 1 Satellite net n n+ 1 ※ n+ 2 m m+ 1 m+ 2 ※ The JW-22CM is unusable as a junction station (“n + 2” station and “m” station in the figure above). Use JW30H (JW-22CM), JW50H/70H/100H (JW20CM) The following operations are possible for “n” station and other stations using a support tool which is connected to the “n” station for standard/expansion network connection. · Change program Writing data (change program) during operation of the PC is not available for · Monitor hazard prevention reasons. Stop operation of the PC prior to writing data. · Change of parameter memory (only available for JW-13PG/12PG) 11·6 ② Operation example This paragraph describes an operation example using the multipurpose programmer: JW-50PG. For operations with other support tools, see the attached instruction manuals. • Connect the JW-50PG to the JW-20CM on the satellite net. (JW-50PG) • Set communication mode Set the communication mode of the JW-50PG to “Network CONCT.” and this enables remote programming and remote monitor. Select “Initial setting.” Select “COM. set.” Select “Network CONCT.” • Network setting Select whether the target station for remote programming or remote monitor is on the standard network connection or on the extension network connection. 10(8) In the case below, 10 to 12(8) are standard network connections. 01 to 03(8) are extension network connections. (JW-50PG) 12(8) 11(8) 00(8) 01(8) 02(8) 03(8) Satellite net 11 11·7 Set “standard” in network configuration. Set “satellite net” or “SUMINET” in target station model. Set the target station number (00 to 77(8)). (JW-50PG) 12(8) (Junction station) 10(8) 00(8) 11(8) 01(8) Satellite net 0 Slot number 1 2 3 Satellite net Set “extension” in network configuration. Set “satellite net” or ”SUMINET” in junction station model. Set the target station number (00 to 77(8)). (In the case of the above figure: 02(8)) Set the junction station number (00 to 77(8)). 11 (In the case of the above figure: 12(8)) Set the junction station rack number. (Keep the initial value “0”) Set the station slot number. Set the installed slot number of the master station on the target station side. In the case of the above figure: 3. 11·8 Target station 02(8) 03(8) (2) Parameter setting by remote function This paragraph describes how to set the parameters of other stations’ network module connected on the satellite net. This is only available when the target station is within the standard network connection. Usable support tools are JW-13PG/12PG. ① Connect the programmer to the network module Connect the programmer to the network module on the satellite net. ② Setting mode Select initial mode. → Display initial mode. ③ Assign the link Assign the parameter setting remotely. → Select “LINK” in initial. → Select display mode of “1PG, 2PG1 MODE” in specified link. → Select “TARGET STA.” in 1PG, 2PG1 MODE. ④ Setting target station Select the target station to set the parameter remotely. → Change the code from hexadecimal(H) display to octal(O) display and input the target station (00(8) to 77(8)). ⑤ Communication with the target station → Initiate communication with the target station. 11·9 11 ⑥ Setting parameter After finishing communication with the target station, set the parameters remotely. → Return to initial menu. Turn the PC of the target station to program mode (stop PC operation). Select “PARAM.” in the initial mode. < > → Display contents of parameter address 003777(8). → Write in 00(H), stop operation of the JW-20CM. < > → Display contents of parameter address 007777(8). → Write in 00(H), stop operation of the JW-20CM. Input address Input setting value → → Display contents of address to set the parameters. Setting parameter remotely. ⑦ Writing to the EEPROM, start operation After setting the parameter remotely in step ⑥, write 81(H) at parameter address 003777(8) (when at remote I/O function), or at 00777(8) (when at data link function), to start the "writing operation to EEPROM." 11 11·10 Chapter 12 Specifications 12-1 JW-20CM (1) General specifications Item Specifications Storage temperature – 20 to + 70° C Ambient temperature 0 to + 55° C Ambient humidity 35 to 90%RH (without moisture condensation) Vibration resistance JIS-C-0911 equivalent (X,Y, Z, 2 hours in each) Shock resistance JIS-C-0911 equivalent Internal power consumption 465 mA (5VDC) Weight Approx. 450g Accessories One instruction manual , One setting label [Outline dimension drawings] (Unit : mm) JW-20CM ＳＯ Ｓ１ Ｓ２ Ｓ３ Ｓ４ Ｓ５ Ｓ６ Ｓ７ ２５０ COMM SD RD CD LT TEST ERROR FAULT MODE STA.NO ×10 ×1 LT (ON） → 12 LG (ON） → LINK FUNCTION STATION NO. ３３.５ １０５ 12·1 (2) Communication specifications Item Communication method Transmission rate Transmission format Coding method Check method Sync method Modulation method Communication network system Connectors Transmission line Specification Token/passing 1.25M bits/s JIS X-5014 high level data link control procedure (HDLC) frame configuration compatible NRZI (Non Return To Zero Inverted) CRC Bit synchronous Continuous frequency phase modulation (FSK) Bus type Module side: BNC receptacle (jack) Line side: BNC plug Coaxial cable: 5C-2V (JIS · C-3501) Characteristics impedance: 75 ohm Total cable distance: 1 km max. 12 12·2 (3) Specifications of each function ① Specifications of remote I/O slave station Item Specification No. of remote I/O slave station 63 sets max. Total no. of remote I/O points 4096 points max. Per station 64 points : Total of 63 stations 4032 points Fix allocation Per station 128 points : Total of 32 stations 4096 points No. of remote I/O points Synchronous method with PC operation Manual allocation Per station 8 to 1024 points : Total of 4096 points Operation synchronous Communicates synchronously with the PC's I/O processing cycle. Operation asynchronous Communicates separate with the PC's I/O processing cycle. ② Data link specifications Item No. of data link stations ZW-PC Link area JW-PC Total no. of link points Specification Relay link Register link 64 sets max. File 0 (000000 to 005777(8)) File 0 (000000 to 015777(8)) File 1 to 7 (000000 to 177777(8)) File 0 (000000 to 007777(8)) 2048 points max. (256 bytes) 2048 bytes max. Total no. of Standard function sending/receiving points per slave Memory capacity station save function 2048 points max. (256 bytes) 2048 bytes max. 512 points max. (64 bytes) 512 bytes max. Communication mode N:M communication 12 ③ Computer link specifications Item Specification No. of link stations 64 sets max. Communication data size 1024 bytes max./packet * Communication control According to the host computer command Control contents Read/write of data memory Read/write of program memory PC control * The amount of data attributed to the command, or response. The term "packet" refers to the value for each station. 12·3 12-2 JW-20RS (1) General specifications Item Specifications Storage temperature – 20 to + 70° C Ambient temperature 0 to + 55° C Ambient humidity 35 to 90%RH (without moisture condensation) Vibration resistance JIS-C-0911 equivalent (X,Y, Z , 2 hours in each) Shock resistance JIS-C-0911 equivalent Internal power consumption 600 mA (5VDC) Weight Approx. 570g [Outline dimension drawings] (Unit : mm) ZW-20RS ＳＯ Ｓ１ Ｓ２ Ｓ３ Ｓ４ Ｓ５ Ｓ６ Ｓ７ ２５０ COMM SD RD CD LT TEST ERROR FAULT MODE STA.NO ×10 ×1 LT (ON） → LG (ON） → STATION NO. 12 ３３.５ １０５ (2) Communication specifications Communication specifications is same as JW-20CM. (See page 12·2) 12·4 Chapter 13 Appendix 13-1 Maintenance and check Check wiring, installation, and switch settings. System configuration ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) Check item Communication cable Not parallel with or proximate to high voltage lines or strong power lines. Branch lines (drop cable) are within 400 mm. Total length is less than 1 km. No damage or breaks in cables. Connectors are securely assembled. Connectors are securely connected and locked. Control Power supply I/O module module module Insulation covers are put on connectors. Securely tighten the module retention screws. A ground line is connected with the GND terminal. Securely tighten the module retention screws. Memory module is appropriately installed. Securely tighten the module retention screws. No other cables than the communication cable and DC input cables are input in the same duct. Basic rack panel is appropriately installed. JW-20CM/20RS Securely tighten the module retention screws. Mode switches are appropriately set. 13 Station number switches are appropriately set (00 to 77(8)). Termination resistance switches are appropriately set. Shield ground switches are appropriately set. Parameters are appropriately set. 13·1 ON 13-2 Switch setting table (1) JW-20CM (network module) Remote I/O BCD 67 45 7 8 2 3 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 0 23 4 5 6 0 9 0 1 ×1 0 9 0 1 STA.NO. ×10 01 EF 8 9A Set at delivery MODE LT (ON) OFF LG (ON) ON Master station Slave station Slave station 1 2 2 0 0 0 0 to 7 0 0 0 to 7 Turn ON both ends stations of the communication circuit. Turn OFF other stations. Set ON/OFF shield grand Set ON/OFF shield grand 1 2 0 0 to 7 9 0 1 0 BCD 67 7 8 2 3 7 8 2 3 4 5 6 45 4 5 6 23 8 9A 2 9 0 1 ×1 When a JW model I/O module is used 01 STA.NO. ×10 When a ZW model I/O module is used EF MODE (01 to 77(8)) 0 to 7 LT (ON) OFF Turn ON both ends stations of the communication circuit. Turn OFF other stations. LG (ON) ON Set ON/OFF shield grand Output holding switch HOLD RST When a ZW model I/O module is used HOLD RST 01 to 77(8) 0 to 7 0 to 7 01 to 77(8) Turn ON both ends stations of the communication circuit. Turn OFF other stations. (2) JW-20RS (remote I/O slave module) Set at delivery Data link (memory capacity save function) computer link Data link (standard function) computer link When a JW model I/O module is used · · · Latch output · · · Output all OFF 13 13·2 HOLD 13-3 Parameter memory table (1) JW-20CM ① Remote I/O ○ : Setting is necessary (1/6) Address(8) Set contents 000000 000001 Remote I/O operation mode No. of slave station connected (1 to 63 sets) JW-PC ZW-PC Fix Manual Fix Manual Setting method (value, example) (Operations when a slave station error occurs) 001(8) • Remote I/O operation (communication) stops • The PC continues operation. (Mode 1) • Only normal slave stations will continue 002(8) operation (communication). • The PC continues operation. (Mode 2) • Remote I/O operation (communication) stops 004(8) • The PC continues operation. (Mode 0) • Remote I/O operation (communication) stops 005(8) • The PC continues operation. (Mode 1) • Only normal slave stations will continue 006(8) operation (communication). • The PC continues operation. (Mode 2) • Remote I/O operation (communication) stops 011(8) • The PC continues operation. (Mode 1) • Only normal slave stations will continue 012(8) operation (communication). • The PC continues operation. (Mode 2) • Remote I/O operation (communication) stops 014(8) • The PC also stops operation. (Mode 0) • Remote I/O operation (communication) stops 015(8) • The PC continues operation. (Mode 1) • Only normal slave stations will continue 016(8) operation (communication). • The PC continues operation. (Mode 2) (Decimal, bytes) (Communication method) Asynchronous Synchronism Asynchronous ○ ○ ○ ○ Synchronism In case of 30 sets → 030(D) • Initial value of the address 000000, 000001(8) are 00(H). 13 13·3 (2/6) 000002 000003 000004 000005 ZW-PC JW-PC Fix Manual Fix Manual Setting method (value, example) Set contents Address(8) • When using the fixed allocation mode, put the top address of the remote I/O in this register. • When using the manual allocation mode, put the top address of the remote I/O in the slave station 01 in this register. (Octal, word) When ｺ0200, set to 000200(8) ○ ○ ○ ○ Set remote I/O top address of slave station 02 (Octal, word) When ｺ0300, set to 000300(8) − ○ − ○ • Use the addresses 000006 to 000177(8) listed below when the manual allocation mode is selected. These addresses cannot be used in the fixed allocation mode. Address(8) 13 Address (8) Set contents Set contents 000006, 000007 Remote I/O top address of slave station 03 (same as 000004, 000005) 000100, 000101 Remote I/O top address of slave station 40 (same as 000004, 000005) 000010, 000011 000012, 000013 000014, 000015 000016, 000017 000020, 000021 000022, 000023 000024, 000025 000026, 000027 000030, 000031 000032, 000033 000034, 000035 000036, 000037 000040, 000041 000042, 000043 000044, 000045 000046, 000047 000050, 000051 000052, 000053 000054, 000055 000056, 000057 000060, 000061 000062, 000063 000064, 000065 000066, 000067 000070, 000071 000072, 000073 000074, 000075 000076, 000077 04 (same as 000004, 000005) 05 (same as 000004, 000005) 06 (same as 000004, 000005) 07 (same as 000004, 000005) 10 (same as 000004, 000005) 11 (same as 000004, 000005) 12 (same as 000004, 000005) 13 (same as 000004, 000005) 14 (same as 000004, 000005) 15 (same as 000004, 000005) 16 (same as 000004, 000005) 17 (same as 000004, 000005) 20 (same as 000004, 000005) 21 (same as 000004, 000005) 22 (same as 000004, 000005) 23 (same as 000004, 000005) 24 (same as 000004, 000005) 25 (same as 000004, 000005) 26 (same as 000004, 000005) 27 (same as 000004, 000005) 30 (same as 000004, 000005) 31 (same as 000004, 000005) 32 (same as 000004, 000005) 33 (same as 000004, 000005) 34 (same as 000004, 000005) 35 (same as 000004, 000005) 36 (same as 000004, 000005) 37 (same as 000004, 000005) 000102, 000103 000104, 000105 000106, 000107 000110, 000111 000112, 000113 000114, 000115 000116, 000117 000120, 000121 000122, 000123 000124, 000125 000126, 000127 000130, 000131 000132, 000133 000134, 000135 000136, 000137 000140, 000141 000142, 000143 000144, 000145 000146, 000147 000150, 000151 000152, 000153 000154, 000155 000156, 000157 000160, 000161 000162, 000163 000164, 000165 000166, 000167 000170, 000171 000172, 000173 000174, 000175 000176, 000177 41 (same as 000004, 000005) 42 (same as 000004, 000005) 43 (same as 000004, 000005) 44 (same as 000004, 000005) 45 (same as 000004, 000005) 46 (same as 000004, 000005) 47 (same as 000004, 000005) 50 (same as 000004, 000005) 51 (same as 000004, 000005) 52 (same as 000004, 000005) 53 (same as 000004, 000005) 54 (same as 000004, 000005) 55 (same as 000004, 000005) 56 (same as 000004, 000005) 57 (same as 000004, 000005) 60 (same as 000004, 000005) 61 (same as 000004, 000005) 62 (same as 000004, 000005) 63 (same as 000004, 000005) 64 (same as 000004, 000005) 65 (same as 000004, 000005) 66 (same as 000004, 000005) 67 (same as 000004, 000005) 70 (same as 000004, 000005) 71 (same as 000004, 000005) 72 (same as 000004, 000005) 73 (same as 000004, 000005) 74 (same as 000004, 000005) 75 (same as 000004, 000005) 76 (same as 000004, 000005) • Initial value of the address 000002 to 000177(8) are all 00(H). 13·4 (3/6) Address(8) Set contents 00(H) 000200 Slave station I/O points 01(H) 000201 ZW-PC JW-PC Fix Manual Fix Manual Setting method (value, example) Number of I/O bytes of slave (Decimal, bytes) station 01 (1 to 128 bytes) 64 points (8 bytes), no. of slave stations: max. 63 sets. 128 points (16 bytes), no. of slave stations: max. 32 sets. ○ − ○ − In case of 50 bytes → 050(D) − ○ − ○ • Use the addresses 000202 to 000277(8) listed below when the manual allocation mode is selected. These addresses cannot be used in the fixed allocation mode. Address(8) 000202 000203 000204 000205 000206 000207 000210 000211 000212 000213 000214 000215 000216 000217 000220 000221 000222 000223 000224 000225 000226 000227 000230 000231 000232 000233 000234 000235 000236 000237 Set contents Number of I/O bytes of slave station 02 (same as 000201) Address(8) Set contents 000240 Number of I/O bytes of slave station 40 (same as 000201) 000241 000242 000243 000244 000245 000246 000247 000250 000251 000252 000253 000254 000255 000256 000257 000260 000261 000262 000263 000264 000265 000266 000267 000270 000271 000272 000273 000274 000275 000276 000277 03 (same as 000201) 04 (same as 000201) 05 (same as 000201) 06 (same as 000201) 07 (same as 000201) 10 (same as 000201) 11 (same as 000201) 12 (same as 000201) 13 (same as 000201) 14 (same as 000201) 15 (same as 000201) 16 (same as 000201) 17 (same as 000201) 20 (same as 000201) 21 (same as 000201) 22 (same as 000201) 23 (same as 000201) 24 (same as 000201) 25 (same as 000201) 26 (same as 000201) 27 (same as 000201) 30 (same as 000201) 31 (same as 000201) 32 (same as 000201) 33 (same as 000201) 34 (same as 000201) 35 (same as 000201) 36 (same as 000201) • Initial value of the address 000200 to 000277(8) are all 00(H). 13·5 41 (same as 000201) 42 (same as 000201) 43 (same as 000201) 44 (same as 000201) 45 (same as 000201) 46 (same as 000201) 47 (same as 000201) 50 (same as 000201) 51 (same as 000201) 52 (same as 000201) 53 (same as 000201) 54 (same as 000201) 55 (same as 000201) 56 (same as 000201) 57 (same as 000201) 60 (same as 000201) 61 (same as 000201) 62 (same as 000201) 63 (same as 000201) 64 (same as 000201) 65 (same as 000201) 66 (same as 000201) 67 (same as 000201) 70 (same as 000201) 71 (same as 000201) 72 (same as 000201) 73 (same as 000201) 74 (same as 000201) 75 (same as 000201) 76 (same as 000201) 13 (4/6) 000301 Setting method (value, example) Set contents Address(8) Blanks between slave stations 1 and 2 (0 to 255 bytes) (Decimal, bytes) In case of 100 bytes → 100(D) ZW-PC JW-PC Fix Manual Fix Manual ○ − ○ − • Use the addresses 000302 to 000376(8) listed below when the fixed allocation mode is selected. These addresses cannot be used in the manual allocation mode. Address(8) 000302 13 000303 000304 000305 000306 000307 000310 000311 000312 000313 000314 000315 000316 000317 000320 000321 000322 000323 000324 000325 000326 000327 000330 000331 000332 000333 000334 000335 000336 000337 000340 Address (8) Set contents Blanks between slave stations 2 and 3 (same as 000301) 000341 3 and 4 (same as 000301) 4 and 5 (same as 000301) 5 and 6 (same as 000301) 6 and 7 (same as 000301) 7 and 10 (same as 000301) 10 and 11 (same as 000301) 11 and 12 (same as 000301) 12 and 13 (same as 000301) 13 and 14 (same as 000301) 14 and 15 (same as 000301) 15 and 16 (same as 000301) 16 and 17 (same as 000301) 17 and 20 (same as 000301) 20 and 21 (same as 000301) 21 and 22 (same as 000301) 22 and 23 (same as 000301) 23 and 24 (same as 000301) 24 and 25 (same as 000301) 25 and 26 (same as 000301) 26 and 27 (same as 000301) 27 and 30 (same as 000301) 30 and 31 (same as 000301) 31 and 32 (same as 000301) 32 and 33 (same as 000301) 33 and 34 (same as 000301) 34 and 35 (same as 000301) 35 and 36 (same as 000301) 36 and 37 (same as 000301) 37 and 40 (same as 000301) 40 and 41 (same as 000301) 000342 000343 000344 000345 000346 000347 000350 000351 000352 000353 000354 000355 000356 000357 000360 000361 000362 000363 000364 000365 000366 000367 000370 000371 000372 000373 000374 000375 000376 • Initial value of the address 000301 to 000376(8) are all 00(H). 13·6 Set contents Blanks between slave stations 41 and 42 (same as 000301) 42 and 43 (same as 000301) 43 and 44 (same as 000301) 44 and 45 (same as 000301) 45 and 46 (same as 000301) 46 and 47 (same as 000301) 47 and 50 (same as 000301) 50 and 51 (same as 000301) 51 and 52 (same as 000301) 52 and 53 (same as 000301) 53 and 54 (same as 000301) 54 and 55 (same as 000301) 55 and 56 (same as 000301) 56 and 57 (same as 000301) 57 and 60 (same as 000301) 60 and 61 (same as 000301) 61 and 62 (same as 000301) 62 and 63 (same as 000301) 63 and 64 (same as 000301) 64 and 65 (same as 000301) 65 and 66 (same as 000301) 66 and 67 (same as 000301) 67 and 70 (same as 000301) 70 and 71 (same as 000301) 71 and 72 (same as 000301) 72 and 73 (same as 000301) 73 and 74 (same as 000301) 74 and 75 (same as 000301) 75 and 76 (same as 000301) 76 and 77 (same as 000301) (5/6) Set contents Address(8) 000400 to 000407 000600 to 000603 Slave station I/O type • Use 0 (OFF, for ZW models) or 1 (ON, for JW models) in the corresponding bits for each station number listed on the right. Data register address of special I/O module (No. 1) Bit address 000400 000401 000402 000403 000404 000405 000406 000407 000600 000601 000602 000603 JW-PC ZW-PC Fix Manual Fix Manual Setting method (value, example) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 − • When the slave station 01 to 04(8) I/Os are ZW models and slave station 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 05 to 77(8) I/Os are JW models. 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 (Address) (Bit pattern) 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 000400 − 11100000 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 000401 − 11111111 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 to to 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 000407 − 11111111 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 Slave station number (00 to 77(8)) Upper 4 bits: rack number (0, 1) Lower 4 bits: slot number (00 to 0F(H)) Number of data bytes (01 to 64(D)) Register top address (file address) D7 bit: 1 (Set), 0 (Not set) ○ ○ − − • Set the addresses 000600 to 000777(8) when the master station PC is JW model and uses a special I/O module for slave station. Address(8) Address(8) Set contents 000604 to 000607 Data register address of special I/O (No. 2) (same as 000600 to 000603) 000610 to 000613 000614 to 000617 000620 to 000623 000624 to 000627 000630 to 000633 000634 to 000637 000640 to 000643 000644 to 000647 000650 to 000653 000654 to 000657 000660 to 000663 000664 to 000667 000670 to 000673 000674 to 000677 000700 to 000703 (same as 000600 to 000603) (No. 3) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No. 4) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No. 5) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No. 6) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No. 7) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No. 8) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No. 9) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.10) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.11) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.12) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.13) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.14) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.15) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.16) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.17) Set contents 000704 to 000707 Data register address of special I/O (No.18) (same as 000600 to 000603) 000710 to 000713 000714 to 000717 000720 to 000723 000724 to 000727 000730 to 000733 000734 to 000737 000740 to 000743 000744 to 000747 000750 to 000753 000754 to 000757 000760 to 000763 000764 to 000767 000770 to 000773 000774 to 000777 (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.19) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.20) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.21) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.22) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.23) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.24) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.25) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.26) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.27) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.28) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.29) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.30) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.31) (same as 000600 to 000603) (No.32) • Initial value of the address 000400 to 000407(8) are all FF(H). Initial value of 000600 to 000777(8) are all 00(H). 13·7 13 (6/6) Address(8) Set contents Setting method (value, example) 003764 003764 to 003767 (Octal, word) When ｺ0200, set to 000200(8) (Set by file address) (Hexadecimal, byte) When file No. 2, set to 02 003765 Flag top address 003766 (H) 00(H): Do not output flag 80(H): Output flag 003767 003777 ZW-PC JW-PC Fix Manual Fix Manual Stop operation of the remote I/O 00(H) Start operation of the remote I/O 01(H) Writing to EEPROM or operation of the module/stop operation 80(H) Writing to EEPROM or operation of the module/start operation 81(H) Initialize parameter setting value 08(H) ○ ○ − • Initial value of the address 003764 to 003767(8) are all 00(H). Initial value of 003777(8) are all 01(H). 13 13·8 − ② Data link master station Set contents Address(8) 000000 004000 004001 004002 004003 004004 to 004007 (1/7) Store the mis-setting slave station number in the master station Top address of relay link area in the master station Setting method (value, example) − (Octal, word) 01(H) Set function (relay/register link) Amount of connectable stations (2 to 64 stations) 004004 004005 004006 004007 • When slave station 01(8) is set to data 004004 link (the memory capacity save 004005 function), number of offset bytes of 004006 relay link area on slave station 01(8) are shown at right. 004007 • When slave station 01(8) is set to data link (the standard function), top address of the relay link area on slave station 01(8) are as shown at right. (Decimal, byte) (Octal, word) 00(H) (Decimal, word) − When ｺ1000, set to 001000(8) (Set by file address) Fixed to 01(H) When 12 stations, set to 012(D) When ｺ1200, set to 001200(8) (Set by file address) ※ 00(H): In this case the same as the master station 80(H): In this case different from the master station When 100 bytes, set to 00100(D) 00(H) 80(H) ※ When 00(H) is set, the value becomes the same top address of the master station regardless of the setting value of 004004 to 004005(8). Address(8) 004010 to 004013 004014 to 004017 004020 to 004023 004024 to 004027 004030 to 004033 004034 to 004037 004040 to 004043 004044 to 004047 004050 to 004053 004054 to 004057 004060 to 004063 004064 to 004067 004070 to 004073 004074 to 004077 004100 to 004103 004104 to 004107 004110 to 004113 004114 to 004117 004120 to 004123 004124 to 004127 004130 to 004133 004134 to 004137 004140 to 004143 004144 to 004147 004150 to 004153 004154 to 004157 004160 to 004163 004164 to 004167 004170 to 004173 004174 to 004177 Set contents Top address or number of offset bytes on slave station 02(8) (same as 004004 to 004007). Address(8) Set contents 004200 to 004203 Top address or number of offset bytes on slave station 40(8) (same as 004004 to 004007). 004204 to 004207 004210 to 004213 004214 to 004217 004220 to 004223 004224 to 004227 004230 to 004233 004234 to 004237 004240 to 004243 004244 to 004247 004250 to 004253 004254 to 004257 004260 to 004263 004264 to 004267 004270 to 004273 004274 to 004277 004300 to 004303 004304 to 004307 004310 to 004313 004314 to 004317 004320 to 004323 004324 to 004327 004330 to 004333 004334 to 004337 004340 to 004343 004344 to 004347 004350 to 004353 004354 to 004357 004360 to 004363 004364 to 004367 004370 to 004373 004374 to 004377 03(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 04(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 05(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 06(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 07(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 10(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 11(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 12(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 13(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 14(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 15(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 16(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 17(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 20(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 21(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 22(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 23(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 24(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 25(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 26(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 27(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 30(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 31(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 32(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 33(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 34(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 35(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 36(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 37(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) • Initial value of the address 004000 to 004377(8) are all 00(H). 13·9 41(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 42(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 43(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 44(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 45(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 46(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 47(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 50(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 51(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 52(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 53(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 54(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 55(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 56(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 57(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 60(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 61(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 62(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 63(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 64(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 65(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 66(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 67(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 70(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 71(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 72(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 73(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 74(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 75(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 76(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 77(8) (same as 004004 to 004007) 13 (2/7) Address(8) 004400 004401 004402 004403 004404 to 004407 Setting method (value, example) Set contents Top address of register link area in the master station (Octal, word) When 09000(8), set to 004000(8) (Set by file address) (Hexadecimal, byte) 00(H) 004404 004405 004406 004407 • When slave station 01(8) is set to data 004404 link (the memory capacity save 004405 function), number of offset bytes of register link area on slave station 01(8) 004406 are shown at right. 004407 • When slave station 01(8) is set to data link (the standard function), top address of the register link area on slave station 01(8) are as shown at right. (Octal, word) (Hexadecimal, byte) (Decimal, word) When 29000, set to 006000(8) (Set by file address) ※ 00(H): In this case the same as the master station 80(H): In this case different from the master station When 100 bytes, set to 00100(D) 00(H) 80(H) ※ When 00(H) is set, the value becomes the same top address of the master station regardless of the setting value of 004404 to 004405(8). 13 Address(8) Set contents Address(8) Set contents 004410 to 004413 Top address or number of offset bytes on slave station 02(8) (same as 004404 to 004407). 004600 to 004603 Top address or number of offset bytes on slave station 40(8) (same as 004404 to 004407). 004414 to 004417 004420 to 004423 004424 to 004427 004430 to 004433 004434 to 004437 004440 to 004443 004444 to 004447 004450 to 004453 004454 to 004457 004460 to 004463 004464 to 004467 004470 to 004473 004474 to 004477 004500 to 004503 004504 to 004507 004510 to 004513 004514 to 004517 004520 to 004523 004524 to 004527 004530 to 004533 004534 to 004537 004540 to 004543 004544 to 004547 004550 to 004553 004554 to 004557 004560 to 004563 004564 to 004567 004570 to 004573 004574 to 004577 03(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 04(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 05(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 06(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 07(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 10(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 11(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 12(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 13(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 14(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 15(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 16(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 17(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 20(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 21(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 22(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 23(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 24(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 25(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 26(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 27(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 30(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 31(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 32(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 33(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 34(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 35(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 36(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 37(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 004604 to 004607 004610 to 004613 004614 to 004617 004620 to 004623 004624 to 004627 004630 to 004633 004634 to 004637 004640 to 004643 004644 to 004647 004650 to 004653 004654 to 004657 004660 to 004663 004664 to 004667 004670 to 004673 004674 to 004677 004700 to 004703 004704 to 004707 004710 to 004713 004714 to 004717 004720 to 004723 004724 to 004727 004730 to 004733 004734 to 004737 004740 to 004743 004744 to 004747 004750 to 004753 004754 to 004757 004760 to 004763 004764 to 004767 004770 to 004773 004774 to 004777 • Initial value of the address 004400 to 004777(8) are all 00(H). 13·10 41(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 42(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 43(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 44(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 45(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 46(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 47(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 50(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 51(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 52(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 53(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 54(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 55(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 56(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 57(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 60(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 61(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 62(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 63(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 64(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 65(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 66(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 67(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 70(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 71(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 72(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 73(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 74(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 75(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 76(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) 77(8) (same as 004404 to 004407) (3/7) Address(8) 005000 005001 005002 005003 Set contents Setting method (value, example) Number of sending bytes of master station relay link area (Decimal, word) Number of sending bytes of slave station 01(8) relay link area (Decimal, word) When 8 bytes, set to 00008(D) Address(8) Set contents Address(8) 005004 to 005005 Number of sending bytes of slave station 02(8) relay link area (same as 005002 to 005003). 005100 to 005101 005006 to 005007 005010 to 005011 005012 to 005013 005014 to 005015 005016 to 005017 005020 to 005021 005022 to 005023 005024 to 005025 005026 to 005027 005030 to 005031 005032 to 005033 005034 to 005035 005036 to 005037 005040 to 005041 005042 to 005043 005044 to 005045 005046 to 005047 005050 to 005051 005052 to 005053 005054 to 005055 005056 to 005057 005060 to 005061 005062 to 005063 005064 to 005065 005066 to 005067 005070 to 005071 005072 to 005073 005074 to 005075 005076 to 005077 03(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 04(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 05(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 06(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 07(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 10(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 11(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 12(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 13(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 14(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 15(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 16(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 17(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 20(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 21(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 22(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 23(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 24(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 25(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 26(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 27(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 30(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 31(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 32(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 33(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 34(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 35(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 36(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 37(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 005102 to 005103 005104 to 005105 005106 to 005107 005110 to 005111 005112 to 005113 005114 to 005115 005116 to 005117 005120 to 005121 005122 to 005123 005124 to 005125 005126 to 005127 005130 to 005131 005132 to 005133 005134 to 005135 005136 to 005137 005140 to 005141 005142 to 005143 005144 to 005145 005146 to 005147 005150 to 005151 005152 to 005153 005154 to 005155 005156 to 005157 005160 to 005161 005162 to 005163 005164 to 005165 005166 to 005167 005170 to 005171 005172 to 005173 005174 to 005175 005176 to 005177 • Initial value of the address 005000 to 005177(8) are all 00(H). 13·11 Set contents Number of sending bytes of slave station 40(8) relay link area (same as 005002 to 005003). 41(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 42(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 43(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 44(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 45(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 46(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 47(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 50(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 51(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 52(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 53(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 54(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 55(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 56(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 57(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 60(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 61(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 62(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 63(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 64(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 65(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 66(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 67(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 70(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 71(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 72(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 73(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 74(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 75(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 76(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 77(8) (same as 005002 to 005003) 13 (4/7) Address(8) 005200 005201 005202 005203 Set contents Number of sending bytes of master station register link area (Decimal, word) Number of sending bytes of slave station 01(8) register link area (Decimal, word) Address(8) 13 Setting method (value, example) When 64 bytes, set to 00064(D) Set contents 005204 to 005205 Number of sending bytes of slave station 02(8) register link area (same as 005202 to 005203). 005206 to 005207 005210 to 005211 005212 to 005213 005214 to 005215 005216 to 005217 005220 to 005221 005222 to 005223 005224 to 005225 005226 to 005227 005230 to 005231 005232 to 005233 005234 to 005235 005236 to 005237 005240 to 005241 005242 to 005243 005244 to 005245 005246 to 005247 005250 to 005251 005252 to 005253 005254 to 005255 005256 to 005257 005260 to 005261 005262 to 005263 005264 to 005265 005266 to 005267 005270 to 005271 005272 to 005273 005274 to 005275 005276 to 005277 03(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 04(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 05(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 06(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 07(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 10(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 11(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 12(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 13(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 14(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 15(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 16(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 17(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 20(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 21(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 22(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 23(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 24(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 25(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 26(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 27(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 30(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 31(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 32(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 33(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 34(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 35(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 36(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 37(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) Address(8) Set contents 005300 to 005301 Number of sending bytes of slave station 40(8) register link area (same as 005202 to 005203). 005302 to 005303 005304 to 005305 005306 to 005307 005310 to 005311 005312 to 005313 005314 to 005315 005316 to 005317 005320 to 005321 005322 to 005323 005324 to 005325 005326 to 005327 005330 to 005331 005332 to 005333 005334 to 005335 005336 to 005337 005340 to 005341 005342 to 005343 005344 to 005345 005346 to 005347 005350 to 005351 005352 to 005353 005354 to 005355 005356 to 005357 005360 to 005361 005362 to 005363 005364 to 005365 005366 to 005367 005370 to 005371 005372 to 005373 005374 to 005375 005376 to 005377 41(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 42(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 43(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 44(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 45(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 46(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 47(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 50(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 51(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 52(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 53(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 54(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 55(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 56(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 57(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 60(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 61(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 62(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 63(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 64(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 65(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 66(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 67(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 70(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 71(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 72(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 73(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 74(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 75(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 76(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) 77(8) (same as 005202 to 005203) • Initial value of the address 005200 to 005377(8) are all 00(H). 13·12 Set addresses 007501 to 007577(8) when a JW model is used. The setting is not required when a ZW model is used. (5/7) Address(8) 007501 Set contents Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of slave station 01(8) (0.1 to 25.5 sec.) Address(8) 007502 007503 007504 007505 007506 007507 007510 007511 007512 007513 007514 007515 007516 007517 007520 007521 007522 007523 007524 007525 007526 007527 007530 007531 007532 007533 007534 007535 007536 007537 Setting method (value, example) (Decimal, byte) Address (8) Set contents Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of slave station 02(8) (Same as 007501) 007540 007541 007542 007543 007544 007545 007546 007547 007550 007551 007552 007553 007554 007555 007556 007557 007560 007561 007562 007563 007564 007565 007566 007567 007570 007571 007572 007573 007574 007575 007576 007577 03(8) (same as 007501) 04(8) (same as 007501) 05(8) (same as 007501) 06(8) (same as 007501) 07(8) (same as 007501) 10(8) (same as 007501) 11(8) (same as 007501) 12(8) (same as 007501) 13(8) (same as 007501) 14(8) (same as 007501) 15(8) (same as 007501) 16(8) (same as 007501) 17(8) (same as 007501) 20(8) (same as 007501) 21(8) (same as 007501) 22(8) (same as 007501) 23(8) (same as 007501) 24(8) (same as 007501) 25(8) (same as 007501) 26(8) (same as 007501) 27(8) (same as 007501) 30(8) (same as 007501) 31(8) (same as 007501) 32(8) (same as 007501) 33(8) (same as 007501) 34(8) (same as 007501) 35(8) (same as 007501) 36(8) (same as 007501) 37(8) (same as 007501) • Initial value of the address 007501 to 007577(8) are all 00(H). 13·13 When 10 second, set to 100(D) Set contents Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of slave station 40(8) (Same as 007501) 41(8) (same as 007501) 42(8) (same as 007501) 43(8) (same as 007501) 44(8) (same as 007501) 45(8) (same as 007501) 46(8) (same as 007501) 47(8) (same as 007501) 50(8) (same as 007501) 51(8) (same as 007501) 52(8) (same as 007501) 53(8) (same as 007501) 54(8) (same as 007501) 55(8) (same as 007501) 56(8) (same as 007501) 57(8) (same as 007501) 60(8) (same as 007501) 61(8) (same as 007501) 62(8) (same as 007501) 63(8) (same as 007501) 64(8) (same as 007501) 65(8) (same as 007501) 66(8) (same as 007501) 67(8) (same as 007501) 70(8) (same as 007501) 71(8) (same as 007501) 72(8) (same as 007501) 73(8) (same as 007501) 74(8) (same as 007501) 75(8) (same as 007501) 76(8) (same as 007501) 77(8) (same as 007501) 13 Set addresses 007601 to 007677(8) when a JW model is used. The setting is not required when a ZW model is used. (6/7) Address(8) Set contents Setting method (value, example) 00(H) 007601 Address(8) 13 PC model of slave station 01(8) Set contents 007602 PC model of slave station 02(8) (Same as 007601) 007603 007604 007605 007606 007607 007610 007611 007612 007613 007614 007615 007616 007617 007620 007621 007622 007623 007624 007625 007626 007627 007630 007631 007632 007633 007634 007635 007636 007637 03(8) (same as 007601) 04(8) (same as 007601) 05(8) (same as 007601) 06(8) (same as 007601) 07(8) (same as 007601) 10(8) (same as 007601) 11(8) (same as 007601) 12(8) (same as 007601) 13(8) (same as 007601) 14(8) (same as 007601) 15(8) (same as 007601) 16(8) (same as 007601) 17(8) (same as 007601) 20(8) (same as 007601) 21(8) (same as 007601) 22(8) (same as 007601) 23(8) (same as 007601) 24(8) (same as 007601) 25(8) (same as 007601) 26(8) (same as 007601) 27(8) (same as 007601) 30(8) (same as 007601) 31(8) (same as 007601) 32(8) (same as 007601) 33(8) (same as 007601) 34(8) (same as 007601) 35(8) (same as 007601) 36(8) (same as 007601) 37(8) (same as 007601) 80(H) PC is ZW model or JW model, ZW-20CM is without JW sign. 81(H) PC is ZW model, ZW-20CM is with JW sign and JW-20CM. 91(H) PC is JW model, ZW-20CM is with JW model and JW-20CM/JW-22CM Address (8) 007640 007641 007642 007643 007644 007645 007646 007647 007650 007651 007652 007653 007654 007655 007656 007657 007660 007661 007662 007663 007664 007665 007666 007667 007670 007671 007672 007673 007674 007675 007676 007677 • Initial value of the address 007601 to 007677(8) are all 91(H). 13·14 Set contents PC model of slave station 40(8) (Same as 007601) 41(8) (same as 007601) 42(8) (same as 007601) 43(8) (same as 007601) 44(8) (same as 007601) 45(8) (same as 007601) 46(8) (same as 007601) 47(8) (same as 007601) 50(8) (same as 007601) 51(8) (same as 007601) 52(8) (same as 007601) 53(8) (same as 007601) 54(8) (same as 007601) 55(8) (same as 007601) 56(8) (same as 007601) 57(8) (same as 007601) 60(8) (same as 007601) 61(8) (same as 007601) 62(8) (same as 007601) 63(8) (same as 007601) 64(8) (same as 007601) 65(8) (same as 007601) 66(8) (same as 007601) 67(8) (same as 007601) 70(8) (same as 007601) 71(8) (same as 007601) 72(8) (same as 007601) 73(8) (same as 007601) 74(8) (same as 007601) 75(8) (same as 007601) 76(8) (same as 007601) 77(8) (same as 007601) (7/7) Address(8) 007700 to 007703 Set contents System of each cannel in SEND/RECEIVE function Setting method (value, example) 007700 CH0 007701 CH1 007702 CH2 007703 CH3 00(H) 80(H) 00(H) 81(H) 00(H) 82(H) 00(H) 83(H) 007710 007710 to 007713 Top addresses in communication information storage area when using data memory starting system of SEND/RECEIVE functions (Octal, word) 007711 007750 to 007757 007763 (Hexadecimal, byte) 007713 This setting is valid by 80(H) 007750 007751 007752 007753 007754 007755 007756 007757 07 17 27 37 47 57 67 77 06 05 16 15 26 25 36 35 46 45 56 55 66 65 76 75 Whether the station number information should be output or not 04 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 03 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 02 01 00 12 11 10 22 21 20 32 31 30 42 41 40 52 51 50 62 61 60 72 71 70 Output (Hexadecimal, byte) 007767 007771 007777 Communication error detection interval (Decimal, bytes) Stop operation of the data link 00(H) Start operation of the data link 01(H) Writing to EEPROM or operation stop operation 80(H) Writing to EEPROM or operation start operation 81(H) Initialize parameter setting value 08(H) • See page 9·33 for initial value of the addresses above. 13·15 007750 − 00011111 007751 − 00000000 to to 007757 − 00000000 01(H) 007765 007766 • When connecting slave station 00 to 04(8) and output error code: (Address) (Bit pattern) Do not output (Octal, word) Flag area top address on the master station When file number is 0, set to 00(H) 00(H) 007764 007764 to 007767 When ｺ1100 to set to 001100(8) (Set by file address) 007712 Connection condition of slave station Bit address 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 • Turn ON the corresponding bit of connected station number (01 to 77(8)) from the list at right. • 00(8) of master station (0 bit of address 000750) At ON: Output error code At OFF: Do not output error code. Instruction system Data memory start system Instruction system Data memory start system Instruction system Data memory start system Instruction system Data memory start system When ｺ0200, set to 000200(8) (Set by file address) When file number is 2, set to 02(H) 00(H): Do not output flag 80(H): Output flag When 600 ms, set to 006(D) Set in 100 ms unit 13 ③ Data link slave station (1/2) Address(8) Set contents Setting method (value, example) 007500 Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of master station (0.1 to 25.5 sec.) 007501 to 007577 (Octal, byte) When 10 second, set to 100(D) Time out time of SEND/RECEIVE instruction of slave station 01 to 77(8) (See page 13·13 same as data link master station) PC is ZW model or JW model, ZW20CM is without JW sign. PC is ZW model, ZW-20CM is with JW sign and JW-20CM. PC is JW model, ZW-20CM is with JW sign and JW-20CM/JW-22CM 00(H) 80(H) 007600 PC model of master station 81(H) 91(H) 007601 to 007677 007700 to 007703 PC model of slave station 01 to 77(8) (See page 8·6 same as data link master station) System of each cannel in SEND/RECEIVE function Same as 007600 007700 CH0 007701 CH1 007702 CH2 007703 CH3 00(H) 80(H) 00(H) 81(H) 00(H) 82(H) 00(H) 83(H) Instruction system Data memory start system Instruction system Data memory start system Instruction system Data memory start system Instruction system Data memory start system 007710 007710 to 007713 007720 007721 007722 007723 13 Top addresses in communication information storage area when using data memory starting system of SEND/RECEIVE functions 007712 (Hexadecimal, byte) 007713 This setting is valid by 80(H) Number of receiving bytes of relay link in memory capacity save function (Octal, byte) Set 00008(D) for 8 bytes Number of receiving bytes of register link in memory capacity save function (Octal, byte) Set 00064(D) or 64 bytes 007730 to 007733 Top address of relay link area in memory capacity save function 007734 to 007737 Top address of register link area in memory capacity save function 007763 (Octal, word) 007711 007730 007731 007732 007733 007734 007735 007736 007737 (Octal, word) 00(H) 00(H) (Octal, word) (Hexadecimal, byte) 00(H) 00(H) 01(H) Whether the station number information should be output or not 007764 007764 to 007767 (Octal, word) Top address of flag area on each slave station 007765 007766 (Hexadecimal, byte) 007767 007771 Communication error detection interval 007777 Stop operation of the data link Start operation of the data link Writing to EEPROM or operation stop operation Writing to EEPROM or operation start operation Initialize parameter setting value When ｺ1200 set to 001200(8) (Set by file address) 00(D) 001 to 255(D) 00(H) 01(H) 80(H) 81(H) 08(H) ※ Set in case that slave station is JW-20CM only. 13·16 When 09000 set to 004000(8) (Set by file address) When file number is 0, set to 00(H) Do not output Output When ｺ0600, set to 000600(8) (Set by file address) When file number is 2, set to 02(H) 00(H): Do not output flag 80(H): Output flag 32 stations max.: 250 ms, 33 stations min.: 450 ms Set in 100 ms unit (2) JW-20RS ○ : Setting is necessary (1/2) Set contents Address(8) Set number of dummy I/O points Rack number: 0 D7 000000 6 5 4 3 2 Slot: 1 1 0 Slot: 0 • Set vacant 2 slots • Set only in case of manual I/O table registration • For address 000000(8), set 00(H) Setting method (value) 00(H) 01(H) 02(H) 03(H) 04(H) 05(H) 06(H) 07(H) 08(H) 09(H) 0A(H) 0B(H) 0C(H) 0D(H) 0E(H) 0F(H) JW-I/O ZW-I/O Dummy I/O points is none Dummy I/O points is 16 (2 bytes) Dummy I/O points is 32 (4 bytes) Dummy I/O points is 48 (6 bytes) Dummy I/O points is 64 (8 bytes) Dummy I/O points is 80 (10 bytes) Dummy I/O points is 96 (12 bytes) Dummy I/O points is 112 (14 bytes) Dummy I/O points is 128 (16 bytes) Dummy I/O points is 144 (18 bytes) Dummy I/O points is 160 (20 bytes) Dummy I/O points is 176 (22 bytes) Dummy I/O points is 192 (24 bytes) Dummy I/O points is 208 (26 bytes) Dummy I/O points is 224 (28 bytes) Dummy I/O points is 240 (30 bytes) ○ − • Use addresses 000001 to 000017(8) listed below when the I/Os are the JW type. If ZW type I/Os are used, no setting is required. Address(8) 000001 Set contents Address(8) Set contents Set number of dummy I/O points Set number of dummy I/O points Rack number: 0 Rack number: 1 D7 6 5 Slot: 3 4 3 2 1 0 000010 Slot: 2 D7 6 5 Slot: 1 (Setting method is same as 000000(8).) 4 3 2 1 0 Slot: 0 (Setting method is same as 000000(8).) 000002 Slot: 5 Slot: 4 000011 Slot: 3 Slot: 2 000003 Slot: 7 Slot: 6 000012 Slot: 5 Slot: 4 000004 Slot: 9 Slot: 8 000013 Slot: 7 Slot: 6 000005 Slot: B Slot: A 000014 Slot: 9 Slot: 8 000006 Slot: D Slot: C 000015 Slot: B Slot: A 000007 Slot: F Slot: E 000016 Slot: D Slot: C 000017 Slot: F Slot: E • Initial value of the address 000000 to 000017(8) are all 00(H). 13·17 13 (2/3) Address(8) Set contents Set kinds of I/O module Rack number: 0 JW-12S, JW-13S, JW-32S JW-32SC, JW-33S, JW-34S, JW-35S 91(H) 16 points output 92(H) 32 points output 94(H) 64 points output (JW-62SC) Vacant slot 00 ↑ Lower bits are dummy I/O points 00(H) Slot number: 0 000100 JW-I/O ZW-I/O Setting method (value) • Set 1 slot A1(H) 16 points output JW-11N, JW-12N, JW-13N • Set only in case of manual I/O registration A2(H) 32 points output JW-31N, JW-32N, JW-34N, JW-34NC A4(H) 64 points output D1(H) Special I/O module JW-2DA, JW-8AD, JW-31LM F1(H) Special I/O module JW-2HC, JW-11DU/12DU • For address 000100(8), set 00(H) ○ − (JW-64NC) • Use addresses 000101 to 000137(8) listed below when the I/Os are the JW type, and the register module type and number of dummy I/O points can be set using the arbitrary I/O registration mode. If ZW type I/Os are used, no setting is required. Address(8) 000101 13 000102 000103 000104 000105 000106 000107 000110 000111 000112 000113 000114 000115 000116 000117 Set contents Set kinds of I/O module Rack number: 0 Slot number: 1 • For address 000100(8), set 00(H) (Setting method is same as 000100)※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 2 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 3 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 4 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 5 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 6 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 7 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 8 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 9 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: A ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: B ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: C ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: D ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: E ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: F ※ Address (8) 000120 Set contents Set kinds of I/O module Rack number: 0 Slot number: 1 • For address 000100 , set 00 (Setting method is same as 000100)※ (8) 000121 000122 000123 000124 000125 000126 000137 000130 000131 000132 000133 000134 000135 000136 000137 • Initial value of the address 000100 to 000137(8) are all 00(H). 13·18 (H) Rack number: 0, Slot number: 1 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 2 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 3 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 4 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 5 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 6 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 7 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 8 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: 9 ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: A ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: B ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: C ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: D ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: E ※ Rack number: 0, Slot number: F ※ (3/3) Address(8) 000100 000100 001002 001004 001005 Set contents Max. rack, slot number Setting method (value, example) Upper 4 bits: rack number Lower 4 bits: rack number Remote I/O top address 64(H) Set the number of dummy I/O points arbitrarily, and set the type of I/O modules autumatically. 65(H) Set the number of dummy I/O points arbitrarily, and set the type of I/O modules automatically. 00(H) This normally ends the setting procedure. 00(H) Auto registration 03(H) Prohibit auto registration 00(H) No check Check Check No. of I/O bytes 003752 No. of I/O bytes (0 to 128 bytes) • When 003750 is set to "00(H): Do not check," these addresses do not have to be set. (Decimal, word) Stop operation of the remote I/O 00(H) 003753 003777 Stop operation of the remote I/O 01(H) Writing to EEPROM or operation of the module/stop operation 80(H) Writing to EEPROM or operation of the module/stop operation 81(H) Initialize parameter setting value 08(H) — — ○ ○ ○ When ｺ 0200, set to 000200(8) by file address 45(H) 003750 ○ 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Both the number of dummy IO points, and the type of I/O modules can be set arbitrarily. (Octal, word) ZW-I/O Slot: 1 Slot: 0 60(H) Normal I/O table registration Auto I/O table registaration when power lights ON D7 JW-I/O When 100 bytes, set to 00100(D) ———— • Set page 8·19 for initial values of the addresses above. 13 13·19 13-4 Address map of data memory (File 0) Memory address Setting range Bit address(8) Byte address(8) File address(8) 1 address = 1 address = 1 address = 8 1 points 8 points points 13 ｺ 0000 I/O relay 00000 to 03777 Auxilialy relay 04000 to 06777 ｺ 0400 Latched relay 07000 to 07777 ｺ 0700 General purpose relay 10000 to 15777 ｺ 1000 TMR/CNT contact T· C000 to T· C777 to ｺ 3777 to ｺ 0677 to ｺ 0777 to ｺ 1577 W70H W100H JW50/70/100 JW50H/70H/100H 000000 to 000377 000400 to 000677 000700 to 000777 001000 to 001577 001600 to 001777 TMR/CNT/MD current value b1000 to b1777 002000 to 003777 Register 09000 to 09777 004000 to 004777 Register 19000 to 19777 005000 to 005777 Register 29000 to 29777 006000 to 006777 Register 39000 to 39777 007000 to 007777 Register 49000 to 49777 010000 to 010777 Register 59000 to 59777 011000 to 011777 Register 69000 to 69777 012000 to 012777 Register 79000 to 79777 013000 to 013777 Register 89000 to 89777 014000 to 014777 Register 99000 to 99777 015000 to 015777 13·20 Relay link area Register link area Relay link area Register link area Flag area Flag area Memory address Setting range Bit address(8) Byte address(8) File address(8) 1 address = 1 address = 1 address = 8 1 points 8 points points File 1 Register 000000 to 177777 File 2 Register 000000 to 177777 File 3 Register 000000 to 177777 File 4 Register 000000 to 177777 File 5 Register 000000 to 177777 File 6 Register 000000 to 177777 File 7 Register 000000 to 177777 W70H W100H JW50/70/100 JW50H/70H/100H Register link area Flag area · Addresses 07300 to 07377(8) and addresses 15760 to 15767(8) (bit address) are special relay areas. Do not use them as a data link area. · The addresses that can be used vary with the PC model and capacity. For details, see the instruction manual for reach model. · The usable file numbers will vary with the memory module that is installed on the PC. Name of memory module Usable file numbers ※ If file number is 1, file address shall be within 000000 to 037777(8). ZW-1MA, JW-1MAH 0 or 1※ ZW-2MA, JW-2MAH 0 or 1 ZW-3MA, JW-3MAH 0, 1, 2 ZW-4MA, JW-4MAH 0, 2, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 13 13·21 13-5 Instructions used with the F200 and F201 link function (1) F-200 F-200 → PORT Write to a port [ ※ 1] F-200 →POR Symbol Function Operation contents @S TASKn PORTn Transfer task number "n" and PC memory data (set the top address using @S) to a ZW/JW-20CM at port "n." Contents of @S (Set S to S+6 using the PC) S S+1 S+2 S+3 S+4 S+5 S+6 S+7 S+10(8) S+11(8) File address (lower bit) (upper bit) File number Top address for sending data Number of bytes transferred Resister n n+1 n+2 n+3 Receive station's station number 000(8) 000(8) Reserved Not fixed (reserved) n+ S to S+2: Set the top address for sending data using the file number and file address. S+3: Number of data bytes to transfer from the PC to JW-20CM. Set to 000 to 255(D). (000(D) equals 256 bytes.) S+4: Station number at which data is received. Set 000 to 077(8) using octal notation. S+5, S+6: Reserved area. Set 000(8). S+7 to S+11(8): Reserved area. Status from a port (not fixed). Setting range for TASK "n" Setting range for PORT "n" 13 Set to TASK 0. Set a port number for the PC basic rack panel on which the ZW/JW20CM is installed. (Ex.: JW-13BU) Control module JW-20CM Power module Port No. 13·22 ②③④⑤ Setting range for "S" Operation conditions Flag PC model name W701H/100H JW50/70/100, JW50H/70H/100H Setting range [ ※ 2] ｺ0000 to ｺ1566 b0000 to b1766 09000 to 09766 19000 to 19766 ｺ0000 to ｺ1566 b0000 to b1766 09000 to 09766 99000 to 99766 E0000 to E1766 · Rising edge of the input signal (OFF to ON) [ ※ 3] · S+3 to S+11 are transferred regardless of the input signal condition. Contents No ZW/JW-20CM on the option board Waiting for a data transfer to a ZW/ JW-20CM on the option board Completed a data transfer to a ZW/ JW-20CM on the option board None of the above. Non-carry Error 07354 07355 1 0 Carry 07356 0 Zero 07357 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 [ ※ 1] The description for this instruction is for the ZW/JW-20CM only. It is different from the contents in the PC programming manual. The F-200 instruction can only be used for one ZW/JW20CM module. [ ※ 2] Use ｺ0730 to ｺ0737 for special relays. [ ※ 3] When the F-200 instruction is turned ON, the non carry (07354) will be kept ON until the data transfer to the number 2 port memory is complete. If the F-200 instruction is turned ON while the non carry is ON, the data following this instruction will be invalid. Note: The F-200 instruction will not receive a response from the opposite station. Use the data link information for the response. Or, create a system for the data receive station to respond to the reception of the F-200 instruction. 13 13·23 (2) F-201 F-201 PORT → Read from a port F-201 POR→ Symbol Function Operation contents PORTn TASKn @D Transfer task number "n" and PC memory data (set the top address using @S) to a ZW/JW-20CM at port "n." Contents of @S (Set S to S+6 using the PC) D D+1 D+2 D+3 D+4 D+5 D+6 D+7 D+10(8) D+11(8) File address (lower bit) (upper bit) File number Top address for sending data Number of bytes transferred 000(8) 000(8) 000(8) Resister n n+1 n+2 n+3 Reserved Receive station's station number Completed receiving flag 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Not fixed Reserved (not fixed) D to D+2: Set the top address for sending data using the file number and file address. D+3: Number of data bytes to transfer from the PC to JW-20CM. Set to 000 to 255(D). (000(D) equals 256 bytes.) D+4 to D+6: Reserved area. Set 000(8). D+7: Station number at which data is sent. Set from ZW/JW-20CM D+10(8): Station number at which data is sent. Set from ZW/JW-20CM 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Flag D+11(8): Reserved area. Status from a port (not fixed). M 13 Setting range for TASK "n" Setting range for PORT "n" Set to TASK 1. Set a port number for the PC basic rack panel on which the ZW/JW20CM is installed. (Ex.: JW-13BU) Control module JW-20CM Power module Port No. 13·24 ②③④⑤ Setting range for "S" Operation conditions Flag [※4] PC model name W70H/100H JW50/70/100, JW50H/70H/100H Setting range [ ※ 2] ｺ0000 to ｺ1566 b0000 to b1766 09000 to 09766 19000 to 19766 ｺ0000 to ｺ1566 b0000 to b1766 09000 to 09766 29000 to E1766 · Rising edge of the input signal (OFF to ON) [※ 3] Contents No ZW/JW-20CM on the option board Waiting for a data transfer from a ZW/ JW-20CM Completed a data transfer from a ZW/ JW-20CM None of the above. Non-carry Error 07354 07355 0 1 Carry 07356 0 Zero 07357 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 [ ※ 1] The description for this instruction is for the ZW/JW-20CM only. It is different from the contents in the PC programming manual. The F-201 instruction can only be used for one ZW/JW20CM module. [ ※ 2] Use ｺ0732 to ｺ0737 for special relays. [ ※ 3] When the F-200 instruction is turned ON, the non carry (07354) will be kept ON until the data transfer to the number 2 port memory is complete. Even if the JW-20CM receives data from an other station using the F-200 instruction, it will remain inside the ZW/JW-20CM until the F-201 input signal changes ON from OFF, and the following data sent by the F-200 instruction will not be received. If the PC power is turned OFF, the data currently being received will be turned OFF. [ ※ 4] If the JW-20CM receives data using a continuous stream of F-200 instruction, the receive completion flag D+10(8) may not turn OFF. In this case use both the receive completion flag and the carry (07356) when programming. 13 13·25 13-6 Application instruction using instruction system (1) F-202 F-202 OPCH Open Channel Symbol Function Range of PORT F-202 OPCH PORT CH·ST file N n Specify the target station for inter-PC data communications to be performed across the satellite net (ZW/JW-20CM). These instructions are used in conjunction with the F-204 (SEND) or F-205 (RCV) instructions. Input the port number of rack panel that installed on ZW/JW-20CM. Example: JW-13BU Control module JW-20CM Power module Port No. ②③④⑤⑥⑦ Range of CH 0 to 3 : Channel number for the specified port number. Available for use four times by classifying the same port numbers into CH0, CH1, CH2, and CH3 in the PC program. Range of ST 00 to 77(8) : Communication target station number. Set by octal. Range of file N 0 to 7 : Specify the PC data area (file number) of the communication target station. [ ※ ] Range of n 000000 to 177777(8) : Specify the PC data top address (file address) of the communication target station. [ ※ ] Condition 13 Flag When an input signal is ON, keep it ON until the flag is changed. Refer to F-204 and F-205 for the combination of F-204 and F-205. [※] • After turning ON the input signal of F-202, keep it ON until the finish of the execution of the instruction. If the input signal is turned OFF during execution of the instruction, the instruction ends in an incomplete condition. Under this condition, next, when an F-202 instruction is given, it will come to a “communication jam,” and the instruction will not be executed. Turn the power OFF and then ON again for recovery. [ ※ ] F-202 instructions must always be used in conjunction with the F-204 (SEND) or F-205 (RCV) instruction. 13·26 (2) F-204 F-204 SEND Send Data F-204 Symbol SEND [Explanation] n s 14000 OPCH Specify the first address and byte count of the send data for transmission across the satellite net. Function Operation S to S + n - 1 Range of n 000 to 377(8) (256 bytes for 000(8)) F-204 SEND Specified station ]0000 to ]1577 b0000 to b1777 09000 to 09777 Range of S : 99000 to 99777 [*1] E0000 to E1777 F-202 Instruction 2-0-01 file 0 04000 005 F-202 P.2 C.0 5.01 04000 09000 F-204 005 09000 @]0000 to @]1574 @b0000 to @b1774 @09000 to @09774 : @99000 to @99774 @E0000 to When the input condition of 14000 changes from OFF to ON, this instruction sends the contents (5 bytes data) of registers 09000 to 09004 file 0's file area beginning with address 04000 (register 09000) on satellite net station 01, via CH0 of port No. 2. File 0 When input signal is ON. Contents Unchanged of S Communication Zero Carry Error Non-carry contents 07357 07356 07355 07354 No response from port [*2] Communication jam [*3] After Communication busy operation Flag (waiting for response from target station) Nomal end Abnomal end [*4] (communication error) Remote station write protected 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 09000 001 09001 002 09002 003 09003 004 09004 005 Port 2 01 Sending Response Target station Condition 09000 001 09001 002 09002 003 09003 004 09004 005 Flag • Even addresses must always be used for indirect addressing (@ｺ0001, @b0173, etc. are prohibited). • For details of indirect addressing, see PC's programming manual. • F-204 instruction must always be used in conjunction with the F-202 (OPCH) instruction. • After turning ON the input signal of F-204, keep it ON until the finish of the execution of the instruction. If the input signal is turned OFF during execution of the instruction, the instruction ends in an incomplete condition. Under this condition, next, when an F-204 instruction is given, it will come to a “communication jam,” and the instruction will not be executed. Turn the power OFF and then ON again for recovery. [*1] [*2] [*3] [*4] Setting range of “S” is for JW model PCs. For ZW model PCs, setting range is ｺ0000 to 19777. In case that the network module of the assigned module number is not installed. In case that the channel is used with the other SEND/RECEIVE instruction. This instruction is executed after end of execution of the previously given instruction, and flag sign is changed into “communication busy” from “communication jam.” In case that response from the target station does not come within the time-out time. 13·27 13 (3) F-205 F-205 RCV Symbol Receive Data F-205 RCV n [Explanation] D Function Specify the first address and byte count of the receive data for transmission across satellite net. Operation Specified station → D to D + n - 1 Range of n 000 to 377(8) (256 bytes for 000(8)) 14003 F-202 Instruction STR F-202 2.0.04 0 006 19000 04000 OPCH F-205 F-205 006 19000 RCV ]0000 to ]1577 b0000 to b1777 09000 to 09777 Range of D : 99000 to 99777 [*1] E 0000 to E 1777 When the input condition of 14003 changes from OFF to ON, this instruction reads 6 bytes of data from file 0's file area beginning with file address 04000 on satellite net station 04, via CH0 of port No. 2. The data read is stred to registers 19000 to 19005. When input signal is ON. Contents Unchanged of D Communication contents No response from module [*2] After Communication operation jam [*3] Communication busy (waiting for response from target station) Nomal end Abnomal end [*4] (communication error) 13 Specify target station Zero Carry Error Non-carry 07357 07356 07355 07354 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 04 Received data Port 2 09000 01 09001 04 09002 07 09003 10 09004 20 09005 30 Sending Response Flag Target station Condition @]0000 to @]1574 @b0000 to @b1774 @09000 to @09774 : @99000 to @99774 @E0000 to @E1774 P.2 C.0 S.04 0 04000 File 0 09000 01 09001 04 09002 07 09003 10 09004 20 09005 30 • Even addresses must always be used for indirect addressing (@∫0001, @b0173, etc. are prohibited). • For details of indirect addressing, see PC's programming manual. • F-205 instruction must always be used in conjunction with the F-202 (OPCH) instruction. • After turning ON the input signal of F-205, keep it ON until the finish of the execution of the instruction. If the input signal is turned OFF during execution of the instruction, the instruction ends in an incomplete condition. Under this condition, next, when an F-205 instruction is given, it will come to a “communication jam,” and the instruction will not be executed. Turn the power OFF and then ON again for recovery. [*1] [*2] [*3] [*4] Setting range of “S” is for JW model PCs. For ZW model PCs, setting range is ｺ0000 to 19777. In case that the network module of the assigned module number is not installed. In case that the channel is used with the other SEND/RECEIVE instruction. This instruction is executed after end of execution of the previously given instruction, and flag sign is changed into “communication busy” from “communication jam.” In case that response from target station does not come within the time-out time. 13·28 [Example 2] In case of reading data of 8 bytes to slave station 01(8) Module number installing own station JW-20CM : 2 Channel number using own station JW-20CM : 0 Data area of slave station 01(8) : 0 (file number) Send top address of slave station 01(8) : Register 19000 (file address 05000(8)) Receive data top address of own station : 09000 Assign target station 09000 09001 09002 09003 09004 09005 09006 09007 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 010 Reading data Port 2 CH0 Sending Response Target Station Own station register Receiving data 0 1(8) Flag 001 002 003 004 005 006 007 010 Target station register 19000 19001 19002 19003 19004 19005 19006 19007 ■ PC program Switch F–44 ↑ 00000 Receiving relay 14000 F-32 SET 14000 F-202 OPCH 2-0-01 file 0 F-205 RCV 010 09000 Non-carry Error Carry Zero 14000 07354 07355 07356 07357 F–44 ↑ T000 Error F-33 RST TMR 000 Set receiving relay (14000) 005000 0010 Port No.2, CH0, station number 01(8) File number 0 File address 05000(8) Receiving data of 8 bytes stored register 09000 and after Detect non-execution after turning ON power (Flag does not change for 1 second) End of execution and the program resets 14000 14000 13 07355 Carry 07356 13·29
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : Yes Encryption : Standard V1.2 (40-bit) User Access : Print, Fill forms, Extract, Assemble, Print high-res Create Date : 2002:02:15 02:37:17Z Modify Date : 2002:02:15 14:35:05+09:00 Subject : Produced in 2002.2 Page Count : 230 Creation Date : 2002:02:15 02:37:17Z Mod Date : 2002:02:15 14:35:05+09:00 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.1 for Macintosh Author : Sharp Manufacturing Systems Corporation Metadata Date : 2002:02:15 14:35:05+09:00 Title : JW-20CM/20RS User's Manual Version 2.2 Description : Produced in 2002.2 Creator : Sharp Manufacturing Systems Corporation Has XFA : NoEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools